C&F Financial 10K 2021 Annual report

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)


☒	Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021


☐	Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the transition period from _________ to _________

Commission file number 000-23423

C&F FINANCIAL CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


Virginia	54-1680165
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

3600 La Grange Parkway

Toano, VA 23168

(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (804) 843-2360

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:


Title of each class	Trading Symbol(s)	Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $1.00 par value per share	CFFI	The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

NONE

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.


Large accelerated filer	☐	Accelerated Filer	☒
Non-accelerated filer	☐	Smaller reporting company	☒
		Emerging growth company	☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐ No ☒

The aggregate market value of common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2021, the last business day of the registrant��s second fiscal quarter, was $171,470,670.

There were 3,552,278 shares of common stock, $1.00 par value per share, outstanding as of February 28, 2022.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement to be delivered to shareholders in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held April 19, 2022 are incorporated by reference in Part III of this report.

Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS


PART I		Page

ITEM 1.	BUSINESS	5

ITEM 1A.	RISK FACTORS	20

ITEM 1B.	UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS	28

ITEM 2.	PROPERTIES	28

ITEM 3.	LEGAL PROCEEDINGS	29

ITEM 4.	MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES	29

PART II

ITEM 5.	MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES	30

ITEM 6.	RESERVED	32

ITEM 7.	MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS	33

ITEM 7A.	QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK	77

ITEM 8.	FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA	80

ITEM 9.	CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE	132

ITEM 9A.	CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES	132

ITEM 9B.	OTHER INFORMATION	135

ITEM 9C.	DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS	135

PART III

ITEM 10.	DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE	135

ITEM 11.	EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION	135

ITEM 12.	SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS	136

ITEM 13.	CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE	136

ITEM 14.	PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES	136

PART IV

ITEM 15.	EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES	137

ITEM 16.	FORM 10-K SUMMARY	139

	SIGNATURES	140

Table of Contents

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This report contains statements concerning the Corporation’s expectations, plans, objectives or beliefs regarding future financial performance and other statements that are not historical facts. These statements may constitute “forward-looking statements” as defined by federal securities laws and may include, but are not limited to: statements regarding expected future operations and financial performance; potential effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, including on asset quality, the allowance for loan losses, provision for loan losses, interest rates, and results of operations; future dividend payments; competition, including our competitors increased adoption of digital platforms; data-driven commerce; inflation; cybersecurity risks; our loan portfolio; our digital services; deposits; improving operational efficiencies; retention of qualified loan officers; higher quality automobile loan contracts, marine and RV lending; charge-offs; changes in net interest margin and items affecting net interest margin; strategic business initiatives and the anticipated effects thereof, including lending under the Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) loan program; future recognition of PPP origination fees; mortgage loan originations; technology initiatives; our diversified business strategy; asset quality, including the effect of PPP loans and government stimulus related to COVID-19 on credit quality; adequacy of allowances for loan losses and the level of future charge-offs; liquidity and capital levels; the effect of future market and industry trends, including changes in the markets for residential real estate and used automobiles; and the effects of future interest rate levels and fluctuations. These forward-looking statements are subject to significant risks and uncertainties due to factors that could have a material adverse effect on the operations and future prospects of the Corporation including, but not limited to, changes in:

●interest rates, such as volatility in short-term interest rates or yields on U.S. Treasury bonds and increases or volatility in mortgage interest rates

●general business conditions, as well as conditions within the financial markets

●general economic conditions, including unemployment levels and slowdowns in economic growth, and particularly related to further and sustained economic impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic

●the effectiveness of the Corporation’s efforts to respond to COVID-19, the severity and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic, the acceptance and effectiveness of COVID-19 vaccinations and treatments, and the pace of economic recovery when the COVID-19 pandemic subsides

●potential claims, damages and fines related to litigation or government actions, including litigation or actions arising from the Corporation’s participation in and administration of programs related to COVID-19, including, among other things, the PPP under the Coronavirus Aid, Recovery, and Economic Security Act (the CARES Act)

●the legislative/regulatory climate, regulatory initiatives with respect to financial institutions, products and services, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the CFPB) and the regulatory and enforcement activities of the CFPB

●monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. Government, including policies of the U.S. Department of the Treasury and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the Federal Reserve Board), and the effect of these policies on interest rates and business in our markets

●demand for financial services in the Corporation’s market area, including demand for loan products, and the impact of changes in demand on loan growth

●the value of securities held in the Corporation’s investment portfolios

●the quality or composition of the loan portfolios and the value of the collateral securing those loans

Table of Contents

●the inventory level and pricing of used automobiles, including sales prices of repossessed vehicles

●the level of net charge-offs on loans and the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses

●the level of indemnification losses related to mortgage loans sold

●deposit flows

●the strength of the Corporation’s counterparties

●competition from both banks and non-banks, including competition in the non-prime automobile finance and prime marine and recreational vehicle finance markets

●reliance on third parties for key services

●the commercial and residential real estate markets

●the demand in the secondary residential mortgage loan markets

●the Corporation's technology initiatives and other strategic initiatives

●the Corporation’s branch expansions and consolidations

●cyber threats, attacks or events

●expansion of C&F Bank’s product offerings

●accounting principles, policies and guidelines and elections made by the Corporation thereunder

These risks and uncertainties, and the risks discussed in more detail in Item 1A. “Risk Factors,” should be considered in evaluating the forward-looking statements contained herein. Forward-looking statements generally can be identified by the use of words such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “plan,” “may,” “will,” “intend,” “should,” “could,” or similar expressions, are not statements of historical fact, and are based on management’s beliefs, assumptions and expectations regarding future events or performance as of the date of this report, taking into account all information currently available. Readers should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statement. There can be no assurance that actual results will not differ materially from historical results or those expressed in or implied by such forward-looking statements, or that the beliefs, assumptions and expectations underlying such forward-looking statements will be proven to be accurate. Forward-looking statements are made as of the date of this report and we undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances arising after the date on which the statement was made, except as otherwise required by law.

Table of Contents

PART I

ITEM 1.BUSINESS

General

C&F Financial Corporation (the Corporation) is a bank holding company that was incorporated in March 1994 under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia. The Corporation owns all of the stock of Citizens and Farmers Bank (the Bank or C&F Bank), which is an independent commercial bank chartered under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia. C&F Bank originally opened for business under the name Farmers and Mechanics Bank on January 22, 1927. C&F Bank has the following five wholly-owned subsidiaries, all incorporated under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia:

●

C&F Mortgage Corporation

●

C&F Finance Company

●

C&F Wealth Management Corporation

●

C&F Insurance Services, Inc.

●

CVB Title Services, Inc.

The Corporation operates in a decentralized manner in three principal business segments: (1) community banking through C&F Bank and C&F Wealth Management Corporation (C&F Wealth Management), (2) mortgage banking through C&F Mortgage Corporation (C&F Mortgage) and (3) consumer finance through C&F Finance Company (C&F Finance). For detailed information about the financial condition and results of operations of these segments, see “Note 20: Business Segments” in Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” in this report. C&F Insurance Services, Inc. and CVB Title Services, Inc. were organized for the primary purpose of owning equity interests in an independent insurance agency and a full service title and settlement agency, respectively. The financial position and operating results of C&F Insurance Services, Inc. and CVB Title Services, Inc. are not significant to the Corporation as a whole.

The Corporation also owns three non-operating subsidiaries, C&F Financial Statutory Trust II (Trust II) formed in December 2007, C&F Financial Statutory Trust I (Trust I) formed in July 2005, and Central Virginia Bankshares Statutory Trust I (CVBK Trust I) formed in December 2003. These trusts were formed for the purpose of issuing $10.0 million each for Trust II and Trust I and $5.0 million for CVBK Trust I of trust preferred capital securities in private placements to institutional investors. All three trusts are unconsolidated subsidiaries of the Corporation. The principal assets of these trusts are $10.3 million each for Trust II and Trust I and $5.2 million for CVBK Trust I of the Corporation’s junior subordinated debt securities (such securities of the Corporation referred to herein as “trust preferred capital notes”) that are reported as liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet of the Corporation.

Community Banking

We provide community banking services through C&F Bank. C&F Bank provides community banking services at its main office in West Point, Virginia, and 30 Virginia branches located one each in the counties of Albermarle, Goochland, Hanover, Middlesex, Powhatan, Stafford and York and the towns and cities of Charlottesville, Hampton, Montross, Newport News, Richmond, Warsaw and Williamsburg, two each in the counties of Cumberland, James City, King George, and New Kent, and four each in the counties of Chesterfield and Henrico. These branches provide a wide range of banking services to individuals and businesses. These services include various types of checking and savings deposit accounts, as well as business, real estate, development, mortgage, home equity and installment loans. The Bank also offers ATMs, internet and mobile banking, peer-to-peer payment capabilities and debit cards, as well as safe deposit box rentals, notary public, electronic transfer and other customary bank services to its customers. C&F Bank manages its commercial lending portfolio primarily through commercial lending offices located in Charlottesville, Chesapeake,

Table of Contents

Richmond and Williamsburg, Virginia. C&F Wealth Management, which was organized in April 1995, is a full-service brokerage firm offering a comprehensive range of wealth management services and insurance products through third-party service providers primarily at C&F Bank branch locations. Revenues from community banking operations consist primarily of interest earned on loans and investment securities, fees earned on deposit accounts and debit card interchange, and net revenues from offering wealth management services and insurance products. Community banking revenues and operations are not materially affected by seasonal factors; however, public deposits tend to increase with tax collections primarily in the fourth quarter of each year and decline with spending thereafter. At December 31, 2021, assets of the community banking segment totaled $2.1 billion. For the year ended December 31, 2021, net income for this segment totaled $14.1 million.

Mortgage Banking

We conduct mortgage banking activities through C&F Mortgage, which was organized in September 1995, and its 51%-owned subsidiary, C&F Select LLC, which was organized in January 2019. C&F Mortgage provides mortgage loan origination services through 14 locations in Virginia, two in North Carolina, and one each in Maryland, South Carolina, and West Virginia. The Virginia offices are located one each in Charlottesville, Chesapeake, Fishersville, Fredericksburg, Glen Allen, Harrisonburg, Richmond, Waynesboro, and Yorktown, two in Williamsburg, and three in Midlothian. The North Carolina offices are located in Gastonia and Moyock. The Maryland office is located in Clarksville. The South Carolina office is located in Fort Mill. The West Virginia office is located in Keyser. C&F Select LLC provides mortgage loan origination services through two locations in Richmond, Virginia. The mortgage banking segment offers a wide variety of residential mortgage loans, which are originated for sale generally to the following investors: PennyMac Corporation; AmeriHome Mortgage Company, LLC; Wells Fargo Home Mortgage; Truist Financial Corporation; US Bank N.A.; Virginia Housing and Planet Home Lending, LLC. The mortgage banking segment does not securitize loans. C&F Bank may also purchase mortgage loans from the mortgage banking segment. The mortgage banking segment originates conventional mortgage loans, mortgage loans insured by the Federal Housing Administration (the FHA), and mortgage loans guaranteed by the United States Department of Agriculture (the USDA) and the Veterans Administration (the VA). A majority of the conventional loans are conforming loans that qualify for purchase by the Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae) or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac). The remainder of the conventional loans are non-conforming in that they do not meet Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac guidelines, but are eligible for sale to various other investors. The mortgage banking segment also has a division, Lender Solutions, that provides certain mortgage loan origination functions as a service to third party mortgage lenders and a subsidiary, Certified Appraisals LLC, which provides ancillary mortgage loan production services to third parties for residential appraisals. Revenues from mortgage banking operations consist principally of gains on sales of loans to investors in the secondary mortgage market, loan origination fee income, interest earned on mortgage loans held for sale and mortgage lender services income through Lender Solutions. Revenues and income from mortgage banking, which are driven primarily by the origination and sale of mortage loans, are subject to seasonal factors, including the volume of home sales in the residential real estate market, which typically rises during spring and summer months and declines during fall and winter months. However, seasonal trends may be disrupted by cyclical and other economic factors that affect the residential real estate market. At December 31, 2021, assets of the mortgage banking segment totaled $105.3 million. For the year ended December 31, 2021, net income for this segment totaled $7.7 million.

Consumer Finance

We conduct consumer finance activities through C&F Finance. C&F Finance is a regional finance company purchasing automobile, marine and recreational vehicle (RV) loans throughout Virginia and in portions of Alabama, Colorado, Florida, Georgia, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Maryland, Minnesota, Missouri, New Jersey, North Carolina, Ohio, Pennsylvania, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas and West Virginia through its offices in Richmond and Hampton, Virginia. C&F Finance is an indirect lender that primarily provides automobile financing through lending programs that are designed to serve customers in the “non-prime” market who have limited access to traditional automobile financing. C&F Finance generally purchases automobile retail installment sales contracts from manufacturer-franchised dealerships with used-car operations and through selected independent dealerships. C&F Finance selects these dealers based on the types of vehicles sold. Specifically, C&F Finance prefers to finance later model, low mileage used vehicles because the value of new vehicles typically depreciates rapidly. The typical borrowers on the automobile retail installment

Table of Contents

sales contracts purchased have experienced prior credit difficulties. Because C&F Finance serves customers who are unable to meet the credit standards imposed by most traditional automobile financing sources, C&F Finance typically charges interest at higher rates than those charged by traditional financing sources. In addition, because C&F Finance provides financing in a relatively high-risk market, it expects to experience a higher level of credit losses than financing sources that lend primarily to more credit-worthy borrowers. In addition to automobile financing, beginning in 2018, C&F Finance expanded its lending portfolio to include marine and RV loan contracts. These contracts are also purchased on an indirect basis through a referral program administered by a third party. While our automobile loan contracts are primarily with non-prime borrowers, these marine and RV loan contracts are for prime loans made to individuals with higher credit scores, and they are priced at rates substantially lower than our non-prime automobile loans. Revenues from consumer finance operations consist principally of interest earned on automobile, marine and RV loans. While the consumer finance segment’s loans outstanding and interest income are not materially affected by seasonal factors, delinquencies on automobile loans are generally highest in the period from November through January, related in part to seasonal trends affecting borrowers, including consumer spending. At December 31, 2021, assets of the consumer finance segment totaled $371.9 million. For the year ended December 31, 2021, net income for this segment totaled $10.0 million.

Human Capital Resources

The Corporation and its subsidiaries foster a culture of respect, teamwork, ownership, responsibility, initiative, integrity, and service. We believe that our officers and employees are our most important assets. Our people are critical to the Corporation’s performance and the achievement of our strategic goals, and they represent a key element of how the Corporation’s businesses compete and succeed.

Acquiring and retaining strong talent is a top strategic priority for each of the Corporation’s businesses. We provide a competitive compensation and benefits program to help meet the needs of our employees, including benefits that incentivize retention and reward longevity. We support the health and well-being of our employees through a comprehensive program designed to increase employee focus on wellness and prevention, including the benefit plans we offer, health incentives and dedicated healthcare resources for employees and their families provided through onsite health centers located at our offices in Toano and Richmond, Virginia and virtually. We encourage and support the growth and development of our employees and, wherever possible, seek to fill positions by promotion and transfer from within our organization. We have created career paths for specific positions that are designed to encourage an employee’s advancement and growth within our organization, and we aim to provide employees with the skills and opportunities they need to achieve their career goals and become leaders in our businesses.

At December 31, 2021, we employed 650 full-time equivalent employees. We consider relations with our employees to be excellent. We strive for our workforce to reflect the diversity of the customers and communities we serve. Our selection and promotion processes are without bias and include the active recruitment of minorities and women. At December 31, 2021, women represented 67 percent of our employees, and racial and ethnic minorities represented 19 percent of our employees. We also aim for our employees to develop their careers in our businesses. At December 31, 2021, 23 percent of our employees have been employed by the Corporation or its subsidiaries for at least 15 years.

Competition

Community Banking

In the Bank’s market area, we compete with large national and regional financial institutions, savings associations and other independent community banks, as well as credit unions, mutual funds, brokerage firms, insurance companies and other lending and deposit platforms offered by non-bank financial technology firms, including those that only operate digitally. Increased competition has come from out-of-state banks through their acquisition of Virginia-based banks and interstate branching, and expansion of community and regional banks into our service areas.

The banking business in Virginia, and specifically in the Bank’s primary service areas of eastern and central Virginia, is highly competitive for both loans and deposits, and is dominated by a relatively small number of large banks with many offices operating over a wide geographic area. Among the advantages such large banks have are their ability to

Table of Contents

finance wide-ranging advertising campaigns, to maximize efficiencies through economies of scale and, by virtue of their greater total capitalization, to have substantially higher lending limits than the Bank.

Factors such as interest rates offered, the number and location of branches and the types of products offered, as well as the reputation of the institution, affect competition for deposits and loans. We compete by emphasizing customer service, establishing long-term customer relationships, building customer loyalty and providing traditional and digital products and services to address the specific needs of our customers. Our relationships with customers depend on, among other things, our ability to attract and retain talented community bankers. We target individual customers, small-to-medium size business customers and acquisition, development and construction loan customers in our markets.

No material part of the Bank’s business is dependent upon a single or a few customers, and the loss of any single customer would not have a materially adverse effect upon the Bank’s business.

Mortgage Banking

C&F Mortgage competes with large national and regional banks, credit unions, smaller regional mortgage lenders, small local broker operations and internet lending platforms. Due to the increased regulatory and compliance burden, the industry has seen a consolidation in the number of competitors in the marketplace. The agency guidelines for sales of mortgages in the secondary market business continue to be stringent.

The competitive factors faced by C&F Mortgage continue to evolve because of regulatory reforms and initiatives, including expansion in recent years of consumer protections and related regulation of mortgage lending. While C&F Mortgage has kept pace with changes in such regulations to date, potential future legislative and regulatory initiatives have the potential to affect the operations of C&F Mortgage. Given the far-reaching effect of these regulations on mortgage finance, compliance has required and may continue to require substantial changes to mortgage lending systems and processes and other implementation efforts.

To operate profitably in this competitive and regulatory environment, mortgage companies must have a high level of operational and risk management skills and be able to attract and retain top mortgage origination talent. C&F Mortgage competes by attracting the top people in sales and operations in the industry, expanding into new markets that offer strategic growth opportunities, providing an infrastructure that manages regulatory changes efficiently and effectively, utilizing technology to improve efficiency and consistency in its operations and to mitigate compliance risk, offering products that are competitive in both loan parameters and pricing, and providing consistently high quality customer service.

No material part of C&F Mortgage’s business is dependent upon a single customer and the loss of any single customer would not have a materially adverse effect upon C&F Mortgage’s business. C&F Mortgage, like all residential mortgage lenders, would be affected by the inability of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, the FHA or the VA to purchase or guarantee loans. Although C&F Mortgage sells loans to various third-party investors, the ability of these aggregators to purchase or guarantee loans would be limited if these government-sponsored entities cease to exist or materially limit their purchases or guarantees of mortgage loans or suffer deteriorations in their financial condition.

Consumer Finance

The automobile finance business is highly competitive. The automobile finance market is highly fragmented and is served by a variety of financial entities, including the captive finance affiliates of major automotive manufacturers, banks, savings associations, credit unions and independent finance companies. Many of these competitors have substantially greater financial resources and lower costs of funds than our finance subsidiary. In addition, competitors often provide financing on terms that are more favorable to automobile purchasers or dealers than the terms C&F Finance offers. Many of these competitors also have long-standing relationships with automobile dealerships and may offer dealerships or their customers other forms of financing, including dealer floor plan financing and leasing, which we do not.

Over the past several years, a number of financial institutions and other lenders have increased focus on operations in the non-prime automobile finance markets resulting in intensified competition for loans and qualified personnel. In

Table of Contents

addition, certain competitors in the industry have (i) relaxed underwriting standards resulting in higher delinquencies and charge-offs for the industry and (ii) used loan pricing strategies resulting in lower loan yields. To continue to operate profitably, lenders must have a high level of operational and risk management skills and access to competitive costs of funds.

Providers of automobile financing traditionally have competed on the basis of interest rates charged, the quality of credit accepted, the flexibility of loan terms offered and the quality of service provided to dealers and customers. To establish C&F Finance as one of the principal financing sources for the dealers it serves, we compete predominantly by providing a high level of dealer service, building strong dealer relationships, offering flexible loan terms and quickly funding loans purchased from dealers.

No material part of C&F Finance’s business is dependent upon any single dealer relationship, and the loss of any single dealer relationship would not have a materially adverse effect upon C&F Finance’s business.

Regulation and Supervision

General

Bank holding companies, banks and their affiliates are extensively regulated under both federal and state law. Consequently, the growth and earnings performance of the Corporation and the Bank can be affected not only by management’s decisions and general economic conditions, but also by the statutes administered by, and the regulations and policies of, various governmental regulatory authorities including, but not limited to, the Virginia State Corporation Commission Bureau of Financial Institutions (VBFI), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the FDIC), the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the Federal Reserve Board), the Internal Revenue Service, federal and state taxing authorities, and the Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC).

The following summary briefly describes significant provisions of currently applicable federal and state laws and certain regulations and the potential impact of such provisions. This summary is not complete, and we refer you to the particular statutory or regulatory provisions or proposals for more information. Because regulation of financial institutions changes regularly and is the subject of constant legislative and regulatory debate, we cannot forecast how federal and state regulation and supervision of financial institutions may change in the future and affect the Corporation’s and the Bank’s operations. See “Risks Related to the Regulation of the Corporation” below in Item 1A of Part I of Annual Report on Form 10-K for further discussion.

Regulatory Reform

The financial crisis of 2008, including the downturn of global economic, financial and money markets and the threat of collapse of numerous financial institutions, and other events led to the adoption of numerous laws and regulations that apply to, and focus on, financial institutions. The most significant of these laws is the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the Dodd-Frank Act), which was enacted on July 21, 2010 and, in part, was intended to implement significant structural reforms to the financial services industry.

The Dodd-Frank Act implemented far-reaching changes across the financial regulatory landscape, including changes that have significantly affected the business of all bank holding companies and banks, including the Corporation and the Bank. Some of the rules that have been proposed and, in some cases, adopted to comply with the Dodd-Frank Act's mandates are discussed further below. In May 2018, the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief and Consumer Protection Act (the EGRRCPA) was enacted to reduce the regulatory burden on certain banking organizations, including community banks, by modifying or eliminating certain federal regulatory requirements. While the EGRRCPA maintains most of the regulatory structure established by the Dodd-Frank Act, it amends certain aspects of the regulatory framework for small depository institutions with assets of less than $10 billion as well as for larger banks with assets above $50 billion. In addition, the EGRRCPA included regulatory relief for community banks regarding regulatory examination cycles, call reports, application of the Volcker Rule (proprietary trading prohibitions), mortgage disclosures, qualified

Table of Contents

mortgages, and risk weights for certain high-risk commercial real estate loans. However, federal banking agencies retain broad discretion to impose additional regulatory requirements on banking organizations based on safety and soundness and U.S. financial system stability considerations.

The Corporation continues to experience ongoing regulatory reform. These regulatory changes could have a significant effect on how we conduct business. The specific implications of the Dodd-Frank Act, the EGRRCPA, and other potential regulatory reforms cannot yet be fully predicted and will depend to a large extent on the specific regulations that are to be adopted in the future. Certain aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act and the EGRRCPA are discussed in more detail below.

Regulation of the Corporation

As a bank holding company, the Corporation is subject to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (the BHCA) and regulation and supervision by the Federal Reserve Board. Pursuant to the BHCA the Federal Reserve Board has the power to order any bank holding company or its subsidiaries to terminate any activity or to terminate its ownership or control of any subsidiary when the Federal Reserve Board has reasonable grounds to believe that continuation of such activity or ownership constitutes a serious risk to the financial soundness, safety or stability of any bank subsidiary of the bank holding company. The Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC have adopted guidelines and released interpretative materials that establish operational and managerial standards to promote the safe and sound operation of banks and bank holding companies. These standards relate to the institution’s key operating functions, including but not limited to capital management, internal controls, internal audit systems, information systems, data and cybersecurity, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure and risk management, vendor management, executive management and its compensation, corporate governance, asset growth, asset quality, earnings, liquidity and risk management.

The BHCA generally limits the activities of a bank holding company and its subsidiaries to that of banking, managing or controlling banks, or any other activity that is closely related to banking or to managing or controlling banks, and permits interstate banking acquisitions subject to certain conditions, including national and state concentration limits. The Federal Reserve Board has jurisdiction under the BHCA to approve any bank or non-bank acquisition, merger or consolidation proposed by a bank holding company. A bank holding company must be “well capitalized” and “well managed” to engage in an interstate bank acquisition or merger, and banks may branch across state lines provided that the law of the state in which the branch is to be located would permit establishment of the branch if the bank were a state bank chartered by such state. Bank holding companies and their subsidiaries are also subject to restrictions on transactions with insiders and affiliates, as further discussed below.

Each of the Bank’s depository accounts is insured by the FDIC against loss to the depositor to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, and federal law and regulatory policy impose a number of obligations and restrictions on the Corporation and the Bank to reduce potential loss exposure to depositors and to the FDIC Deposit Insurance Fund (DIF). For example, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act and Federal Reserve Board policy, a bank holding company must commit resources to support its subsidiary depository institutions, which is referred to as serving as a “source of strength.” In addition, insured depository institutions under common control must reimburse the FDIC for any loss suffered or reasonably anticipated by the DIF as a result of the default of a commonly controlled insured depository institution. The FDIC may decline to enforce the provisions if it determines that a waiver is in the best interest of the DIF. An FDIC claim for damages is superior to claims of stockholders of an insured depository institution or its holding company but is subordinate to claims of depositors, secured creditors and holders of subordinated debt, other than affiliates, of the commonly controlled insured depository institution.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the FDIA) provides that amounts received from the liquidation or other resolution of any insured depository institution must be distributed, after payment of secured claims, to pay the deposit liabilities of the institution before payment of any other general creditor or stockholder of that institution – including that institution’s parent holding company. This provision would give depositors a preference over general and subordinated creditors and stockholders if a receiver is appointed to distribute the assets of a bank.

Table of Contents

The Corporation also is subject to regulation and supervision by the Virginia State Corporation Commission. The Corporation also must file annual, quarterly and other periodic reports with, and comply with other regulations of, the SEC.

Capital Requirements

Regulatory Capital Requirements. All financial institutions are required to maintain minimum levels of regulatory capital. The FDIC establishes risk-based and leveraged capital standards for the financial institutions they regulate. The FDIC also may impose capital requirements in excess of these standards on a case-by-case basis for various reasons, including financial condition or actual or anticipated growth.

Basel III Capital Framework. The Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC have adopted rules to implement the Basel III capital framework as outlined by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and standards for calculating risk-weighted assets and risk-based capital measurements (collectively, the Basel III Final Rules) that apply to banking institutions they supervise. For the purposes of these capital rules, (i) common equity tier 1 capital (CET1) consists principally of common stock (including surplus) and retained earnings; (ii) Tier 1 capital consists principally of CET1 plus non-cumulative preferred stock and related surplus, and certain grandfathered cumulative preferred stocks and trust preferred securities; and (iii) Tier 2 capital consists of other capital instruments, principally qualifying subordinated debt and preferred stock, and limited amounts of an institution’s allowance for loan losses. Each regulatory capital classification is subject to certain adjustments and limitations, as implemented by the Basel III Final Rules. The Basel III Final Rules also establish risk weightings that are applied to many classes of assets held by community banks, importantly including applying higher risk weightings to certain commercial real estate loans. The Basel III Final Rules also include a requirement that banks maintain additional capital known as the “capital conservation buffer.”

The Basel III Final Rules and capital conservation buffer require banks and bank holding companies to maintain:

(i)

a minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 4.5 percent, plus a 2.5 percent capital conservation buffer (which is added to the minimum CET1 ratio, effectively resulting in a required ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7 percent),

(ii)

a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 6.0 percent, plus the capital conservation buffer (effectively resulting in a required Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5 percent),

(iii)

a minimum ratio of total (that is, Tier 1 plus Tier 2) capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.0 percent, plus the capital conservation buffer (effectively resulting in a required total capital ratio of 10.5 percent) and

(iv)

a minimum leverage ratio of 4 percent, calculated as the ratio of Tier 1 capital to average total assets, subject to certain adjustments and limitations.

The Basel III Final Rules provide deductions from and adjustments to regulatory capital measures, primarily to CET1, including deductions and adjustments that were not applied to reduce CET1 under historical regulatory capital rules. For example, mortgage servicing rights, deferred tax assets dependent upon future taxable income, and significant investments in non-consolidated financial entities must be deducted from CET1 to the extent that any one such category exceeds 25 percent of CET1.

The Basel III Final Rules permanently include in Tier 1 capital trust preferred securities issued prior to May 19, 2010 by bank holding companies with less than $15 billion in total assets, subject to a limit of 25 percent of Tier 1 capital. The Corporation expects that its trust preferred securities will be included in the Corporation’s regulatory capital as Tier 1 capital instruments until their maturity.

As of December 31, 2021, the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements under the Basel III Final Rules, including the capital conservation buffer.

Table of Contents

Community Bank Leverage Ratio. As required by the EGRRCPA, the federal banking agencies have implemented the Community Bank Leverage Ratio Framework (the CBLRF), which is based on the ratio of a bank’s tangible equity capital to average total consolidated assets. To qualify for the CBLRF, a bank must have less than $10 billion in total consolidated assets, limited amounts of off-balance sheet exposures and trading assets and liabilities, and a leverage ratio greater than 9 percent. A bank that elects the CBLRF and has a leverage ratio greater than 9 percent will be considered to be in compliance with Basel III capital requirements and exempt from the complex Basel III calculations and will also be deemed “well capitalized” under Prompt Corrective Action regulations, discussed below. A bank that falls out of compliance with the CBLRF will have a two-quarter grace period to come back into full compliance, provided its leverage ratio remains above 8 percent (a bank will be deemed “well capitalized” during the grace period). The CBLRF became available beginning March 31, 2020, with the flexibility for banking organizations to subsequently opt into or out of the CBLRF, as applicable. The federal banking agencies issued an interim final rule in April 2020 to implement certain provisions of the CARES Act that temporarily modified the minimum leverage ratio requirements of the CBLRF. The minimum leverage ratio requirement was reduced from 9 percent to 8 percent for the second through fourth quarters of 2020 and 8.5 percent through 2021. A bank that falls out of compliance with the CBLRF will have a two-quarter grace period to come back into full compliance, provided its leverage ratio remains no more than 100 basis points below the applicable minimum leverage ratio requirement. The Bank has not elected to opt into the CBLRF.

Small Bank Holding Company. The EGRRCPA also expanded the category of bank holding companies that may rely on the Federal Reserve Board’s Small Bank Holding Company Policy Statement by raising the maximum amount of assets a qualifying bank holding company may have from $1 billion to $3 billion. In addition to meeting the asset threshold, a bank holding company must not engage in significant nonbanking activities, not conduct significant off-balance sheet activities, and not have a material amount of debt or equity securities outstanding and registered with the SEC (subject to certain exceptions). The Federal Reserve Board may, in its discretion, exclude any bank holding company from the application of the Small Bank Holding Company Policy Statement if such action is warranted for supervisory purposes.

In August 2018, the Federal Reserve Board issued an interim final rule to apply the Small Bank Holding Company Policy Statement to bank holding companies with consolidated total assets of less than $3 billion. The policy statement, which, among other things, exempts certain bank holding companies from minimum consolidated regulatory capital ratios that apply to other bank holding companies. As a result of the interim final rule, which was effective August 30, 2018, the Corporation expects that it will be treated as a small bank holding company and will not be subject to regulatory capital requirements. The comment period on the interim final rule closed on October 29, 2018 and, to date, the Federal Reserve Board has not issued a final rule to replace the interim final rule. The Bank remains subject to the regulatory capital requirements described above.

Limits on Dividends

The Corporation is a legal entity that is separate and distinct from the Bank. A significant portion of the revenues of the Corporation result from dividends paid to it by the Bank. Both the Corporation and C&F Bank are subject to laws and regulations that limit the payment of dividends, including limits on the sources of dividends and requirements to maintain capital at or above regulatory minimums. Banking regulators have indicated that Virginia banking organizations should generally pay dividends only (1) from net undivided profits of the bank, after providing for all expenses, losses, interest and taxes accrued or due by the bank and (2) if the prospective rate of earnings retention appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. In addition, Federal Reserve Board supervisory guidance indicates that the Federal Reserve Board may have safety and soundness concerns if a bank holding company pays dividends that exceed earnings for the period in which the dividend is being paid. Further, the FDIA prohibits insured depository institutions such as C&F Bank from making capital distributions, including paying dividends, if, after making such distribution, the institution would become undercapitalized as defined in the statute. We do not expect that any of these laws, regulations or policies will materially affect the ability of the Corporation or C&F Bank to pay dividends.

Table of Contents

Insurance of Accounts, Assessments and Regulation by the FDIC

The Bank’s deposits are insured by the DIF of the FDIC up to the standard maximum insurance amount for each deposit insurance ownership category. The basic limit on FDIC deposit insurance coverage is $250,000 per depositor. Under the FDIA, the FDIC may terminate deposit insurance upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe and unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations as an insured institution, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC, subject to administrative and potential judicial hearing and review processes. The FDIC may also suspend deposit insurance temporarily during the hearing process for the permanent termination of insurance if the institution has no tangible capital. If deposit insurance is terminated, the deposits at the institution at the time of termination, less subsequent withdrawals, shall continue to be insured for a period from six months to two years, as determined by the FDIC. Management is aware of no existing circumstances that could result in termination of the Bank’s deposit insurance.

Deposit Insurance Assessments. The DIF is funded by assessments on banks and other depository institutions calculated based on average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity (defined as Tier 1 capital). As required by the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC has adopted a large-bank pricing assessment scheme, set a target “designated reserve ratio” (described in more detail below) of 2 percent for the DIF and, in lieu of dividends, provides for a lower assessment rate schedule when the reserve ratio reaches 2 percent and 2.5 percent. An institution's assessment rate is based on a statistical analysis of financial ratios that estimates the likelihood of failure over a three-year period, which considers the institution’s weighted average CAMELS component rating, and is subject to further adjustments including those related to levels of unsecured debt and brokered deposits (not applicable to banks with less than $10 billion in assets). At December 31, 2021, total base assessment rates for institutions that have been insured for at least five years range from 1.5 to 30 basis points applying to banks with less than $10 billion in assets.

The Dodd-Frank Act transferred to the FDIC increased discretion with regard to managing the required amount of reserves for the DIF, or the “designated reserve ratio.” The FDIA requires that the FDIC consider the appropriate level for the designated reserve ratio on at least an annual basis. As of September 30, 2021, the designated reserve ratio was 2.00 percent and the minimum designated reserve ratio was 1.35 percent.Although the DIF declined below the minimum level of 1.35% during 2020 due to the impact of significant deposit increases which led the FDIC to adopt a DIF restoration plan, and the DIF was 1.27% at September 30, 2021, the FDIC has not increased base assessment rates.

In June 2020, the FDIC adopted a final rule that generally removes the effect of PPP lending when calculating a bank’s deposit insurance assessment by providing an offset to the bank’s total assessment amount for the increase in the assessment base attributable to the bank’s participation in the PPP. This final rule began applying to FDIC deposit insurance assessments during the second quarter of 2020.

Regulation of the Bank and Other Subsidiaries

The Bank is subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the VBFI and its primary federal regulator, the FDIC. The various laws and regulations issued and administered by the regulatory agencies (including the CFPB) affect corporate practices, such as the payment of dividends, the incurrence of debt and the acquisition of financial institutions and other companies, and affect business practices and operations, such as the payment of interest on deposits, the charging of interest on loans, the types of business conducted, the products and terms offered to customers and the location of offices. Prior approval of the applicable primary federal regulator and the VBFI is required for a Virginia chartered bank or bank holding company to merge with another bank or bank holding company, or purchase the assets or assume the deposits of another bank or bank holding company, or acquire control of another bank or bank holding company. In reviewing applications seeking approval of merger and acquisition transactions, the bank regulatory agencies will consider, among other things, the competitive effect and public benefits of the transactions, the financial condition, managerial resources, capital position and any asset concentrations (including commercial real estate loan concentrations) of the constituent organizations and the combined organization, the risks to the stability of the U.S. banking or financial system, the applicant's performance record under the Community Reinvestment Act (CRA) and fair housing initiatives, the data security and cybersecurity infrastructure of the constituent organizations and the combined organization, the applicant’s

Table of Contents

risk management programs and processes, and the applicant’s compliance with and the effectiveness of the subject organizations in combating money laundering activities and complying with Bank Secrecy Act requirements.

Certain Transactions by Insured Banks with their Affiliates. There are statutory restrictions related to the extent bank holding companies and their non-bank subsidiaries may borrow, obtain credit from or otherwise engage in “covered transactions” with their insured depository institution (i.e., banking) subsidiaries. In general, an “affiliate” of a bank includes the bank’s parent holding company and any subsidiary thereof. However, an “affiliate” does not generally include the bank’s operating subsidiaries. A bank (and its subsidiaries) may not lend money to, or engage in other covered transactions with, its non-bank affiliates if the aggregate amount of covered transactions outstanding involving the bank, plus the proposed transaction, exceeds the following limits: (a) in the case of any one such affiliate, the aggregate amount of covered transactions of the bank and its subsidiaries cannot exceed 10 percent of the bank’s capital stock and surplus; and (b) in the case of all affiliates, the aggregate amount of covered transactions of the bank and its subsidiaries cannot exceed 20 percent of the bank’s capital stock and surplus. “Covered transactions” are defined to include a loan or extension of credit to an affiliate, a purchase of or investment in securities issued by an affiliate, a purchase of assets from an affiliate, the acceptance of securities issued by an affiliate as collateral for a loan or extension of credit to any person or company, the issuance of a guarantee, acceptance or letter of credit on behalf of an affiliate, securities borrowing or lending transactions with an affiliate that creates a credit exposure to such affiliate, or a derivatives transaction with an affiliate that creates a credit exposure to such affiliate. Certain covered transactions are also subject to collateral security requirements.

Covered transactions as well as other types of transactions between a bank and a bank holding company must be on market terms, which means that the transaction must be conducted on terms and under circumstances that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the bank, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with or involving nonaffiliates or, in the absence of comparable transactions, that in good faith would be offered to or would apply to nonaffiliates. Moreover, certain amendments to the BHCA provide that, to further competition, a bank holding company and its subsidiaries are prohibited from engaging in certain tying arrangements in connection with any extension of credit, lease or sale of property of any kind, or furnishing of any service.

Community Reinvestment Act. The CRA imposes on financial institutions an affirmative and ongoing obligation to meet the credit needs of their local communities, including low and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operation of those institutions. A financial institution’s efforts in meeting community credit needs are assessed based on specified factors. These factors also are considered in evaluating mergers, acquisitions and applications to open a branch or facility. In 2020, the Bank received a “Satisfactory” CRA rating.

Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta. The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) of Atlanta, which is one of 11 regional FHLBs that provide funding to their members for making housing loans as well as for affordable housing and community development loans. Each FHLB serves as a reserve, or central bank, for the members within its assigned region. Each FHLB makes loans to members in accordance with policies and procedures established by the Board of Directors of the FHLB. As a member, the Bank must purchase and maintain stock in the FHLB. At December 31, 2021, the Bank owned $1.0 million of FHLB stock.

Consumer Protection. The CFPB is the federal regulatory agency that is responsible for implementing, examining and enforcing compliance with federal consumer financial laws for institutions with more than $10 billion of assets and, to a lesser extent, smaller institutions. The CFPB supervises and regulates providers of consumer financial products and services, and has rulemaking authority in connection with numerous federal consumer financial protection laws (for example, but not limited to, the Truth-in-Lending Act (TILA) and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (RESPA)).

Because the Corporation and the Bank are smaller institutions (i.e., with assets of $10 billion or less), most consumer protection aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act will continue to be applied to the Corporation by the Federal Reserve Board and to the Bank by the FDIC. However, the CFPB may include its own examiners in regulatory examinations by a smaller institution’s principal regulators and may require smaller institutions to comply with certain CFPB reporting requirements. In addition, regulatory positions taken by the CFPB and administrative and legal precedents established by CFPB enforcement activities, including in connection with supervision of larger bank holding companies and banks, could

Table of Contents

influence how the Federal Reserve Board and FDIC apply consumer protection laws and regulations to financial institutions that are not directly supervised by the CFPB. The precise effect of the CFPB’s consumer protection activities on the Corporation and the Bank cannot be determined with certainty.

Mortgage Banking Regulation. In connection with making mortgage loans, the Bank is subject to rules and regulations that, among other things, establish standards for loan origination, prohibit discrimination, provide for inspections and appraisals of property, require credit reports on prospective borrowers, in some cases restrict certain loan features and fix maximum interest rates and fees, require the disclosure of certain basic information to mortgagors concerning credit and settlement costs, limit payment for settlement services to the reasonable value of the services rendered and require the maintenance and disclosure of information regarding the disposition of mortgage applications based on race, gender, geographical distribution and income level. The Bank’s mortgage origination activities are subject to the Equal Credit Opportunity Act (ECOA), TILA, Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, RESPA, and Home Ownership Equity Protection Act, and the regulations promulgated under these acts, among other additional state and federal laws, regulations and rules.

The Bank’s mortgage origination activities are also subject to Regulation Z, which implements TILA. Certain provisions of Regulation Z require mortgage lenders to make a reasonable and good faith determination, based on verified and documented information, that a consumer applying for a mortgage loan has a reasonable ability to repay the loan according to its terms. Alternatively, a mortgage lender can originate “qualified mortgages”, which are generally defined as mortgage loans without negative amortization, interest-only payments, balloon payments, terms exceeding 30 years, and points and fees paid by a consumer equal to or less than 3 percent of the total loan amount. Under the EGRRCPA, most residential mortgage loans originated and held in portfolio by a bank with less than $10 billion in assets will be designated as “qualified mortgages.” Higher-priced qualified mortgages (e.g., sub-prime loans) receive a rebuttable presumption of compliance with ability-to-repay rules, and other qualified mortgages (e.g., prime loans) are deemed to comply with the ability-to-repay rules. The Corporation’s mortgage banking segment predominately originates mortgage loans that comply with Regulation Z’s “qualified mortgage” rules.

In addition to regulations applicable to the Bank’s mortgage origination activities, C&F Mortgage is subject to the rules and regulations of, and examination by, the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD), the FHA, the USDA, the VA and state regulatory authorities with respect to originating, processing and selling mortgage loans. Those rules and regulations, among other things, establish standards for loan origination, prohibit discrimination, provide for inspections and appraisals of property, require credit reports on prospective borrowers and, in some cases, restrict certain loan features and fix maximum interest rates and fees.

Consumer Financing Regulation. C&F Finance also is regulated by the VBFI and the states and jurisdictions in which it operates, and its lending operations are subject to numerous federal regulations over which the CFPB has rulemaking authority and regarding which enforcement authority is shared by the Federal Reserve Board, the FDIC, the Department of Justice and the Federal Trade Commission. The VBFI regulates and enforces laws relating to consumer lenders and sales finance agencies such as C&F Finance. Such rules and regulations generally provide for licensing of sales finance agencies; limitations on amounts, duration and charges, including interest rates, for various categories of loans; requirements as to the form and content of finance contracts and other documentation; and restrictions on collection practices and creditors’ rights.

Certain federal regulatory agencies, and in particular, the CFPB, the Federal Trade Commission, and the Federal Reserve Board, as well as certain state agencies, have recently become more active in investigating the products, services and operations of banks and other finance companies engaged in auto finance activities. These investigations have extended to banks that engage in indirect automobile lending. As of January 1, 2022, the Corporation and C&F Finance were not subject to supervision by the CFPB.

Brokered Deposits. Section 29 of the FDIA and FDIC regulations generally limit the ability of any bank to accept, renew or roll over any brokered deposit unless it is “well capitalized” or, with the FDIC’s approval, “adequately capitalized.” However, as a result of the EGRRCPA, the FDIC undertook a comprehensive review of its regulatory approach to brokered deposits, including reciprocal deposits, and interest rate caps applicable to banks that are less than

Table of Contents

“well capitalized.” On December 15, 2020, the FDIC issued final rules that amend the FDIC’s methodology for calculating interest rate caps, provide a new process for banks that seek FDIC approval to offer a competitive rate on deposits when the prevailing rate in the bank’s local market exceeds the national rate cap, and provides specific exemptions and streamlined application and notice procedures for certain deposit-placement arrangements that are not subject to brokered deposit restrictions. These final rules were effective on April 1, 2021.

Other Regulations

Prompt Corrective Action. The federal banking agencies have broad powers under current federal law to take prompt corrective action to resolve problems of insured depository institutions. The extent of these powers depends upon whether the institution in question is “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” or “critically undercapitalized.” These terms are defined under uniform regulations issued by each of the federal banking agencies regulating these institutions. An insured depository institution which is less than adequately capitalized must adopt an acceptable capital restoration plan, is subject to increased regulatory oversight and is increasingly restricted in the scope of its permissible activities. As of December 31, 2021, the Bank was considered “well capitalized.”

Incentive Compensation. Federal banking agencies have issued regulatory guidance (the Incentive Compensation Guidance) intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of banking organizations do not undermine the safety and soundness of such organizations by encouraging excessive risk-taking. The FDIC will review, as part of the regular, risk-focused examination process, the incentive compensation arrangements of banking organizations, such as the Bank, that are not “large, complex banking organizations.” The findings will be included in reports of examination, and deficiencies will be incorporated into the organization’s supervisory ratings. Enforcement actions may be taken against a banking organization if its incentive compensation arrangements, or related risk-management control or governance processes, pose a risk to the organization’s safety and soundness and the organization is not taking prompt and effective measures to correct the deficiencies.

In 2016, the SEC and the federal banking agencies proposed rules that prohibit covered financial institutions (including bank holding companies and banks) from establishing or maintaining incentive-based compensation arrangements that encourage inappropriate risk taking by providing covered persons (consisting of senior executive officers and significant risk takers, as defined in the rules) with excessive compensation, fees or benefits that could lead to material financial loss to the financial institution. The proposed rules outline factors to be considered when analyzing whether compensation is excessive and whether an incentive-based compensation arrangement encourages inappropriate risks that could lead to material loss to the covered financial institution, and establishes minimum requirements that incentive-based compensation arrangements must meet to be considered to not encourage inappropriate risks and to appropriately balance risk and reward. The proposed rules also impose additional corporate governance requirements on the boards of directors of covered financial institutions and impose additional record-keeping requirements. The comment period for these proposed rules has closed and a final rule has not yet been published.

Confidentiality and Required Disclosures of Customer Information. The Corporation is subject to various laws and regulations that address the privacy of nonpublic personal financial information of consumers. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and certain regulations issued thereunder protect against the transfer and use by financial institutions of consumer nonpublic personal information. A financial institution must provide to its customers, at the beginning of the customer relationship and annually thereafter, the institution’s policies and procedures regarding the handling of customers’ nonpublic personal financial information. These privacy provisions generally prohibit a financial institution from providing a customer’s personal financial information to unaffiliated third parties unless the institution discloses to the customer that the information may be so provided and the customer is given the opportunity to opt out of such disclosure. Certain exceptions may apply to the requirement to deliver an annual privacy notice based on how a financial institution limits sharing of nonpublic personal information and whether the institution’s disclosure practices or policies have changed in certain ways since the last privacy notice that was delivered.

The Corporation is also subject to various laws and regulations that attempt to combat money laundering and terrorist financing. The Bank Secrecy Act (the BSA) requires all financial institutions to, among other things, create a system of controls designed to prevent money laundering and the financing of terrorism, and imposes recordkeeping and

Table of Contents

reporting requirements. The USA PATRIOT Act added regulations to facilitate information sharing among governmental entities and financial institutions for the purpose of combating terrorism and money laundering, and requires financial institutions to establish anti-money laundering programs. Regulations adopted under the BSA impose on financial institutions customer due diligence requirements, and the federal banking agencies expect that customer due diligence programs will be integrated within a financial institution’s broader BSA and anti-money laundering compliance program. The Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC), which is a division of the U. S. Department of the Treasury, is responsible for helping to ensure that United States entities do not engage in transactions with “enemies” of the United States, as defined by various Executive Orders and Acts of Congress. If the Bank finds the name of an “enemy” of the United States on any transaction, account or wire transfer that is on an OFAC list, it must freeze such account or place transferred funds into a blocked account, and report it to OFAC.

Although these laws and programs impose compliance costs and create privacy obligations and, in some cases, reporting obligations, and compliance with all of the laws, programs, and privacy and reporting obligations may require significant resources of the Corporation and the Bank, these laws and programs do not materially affect the Bank’s products, services or other business activities.

Corporate Transparency Act. On January 1, 2021, as part of the 2021 National Defense Authorization Act, Congress enacted the Corporate Transparency Act (CTA), which requires The U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (FinCEN) to issue regulations implementing reporting requirements for “reporting companies” (as defined in the CTA) to disclose beneficial ownership interests of certain U.S. and foreign entities by January 1, 2022. The CTA imposes additional reporting requirements on entities not previously subject to such beneficial ownership disclosure regulations and also contains exemptions for several different types of entities, including among others: (i) certain banks, bank holding companies, and credit unions; (ii) money transmitting businesses registered with FinCEN; and (iii) certain insurance companies. Reporting companies subject to the CTA will be required to provide specific information with respect to beneficial owner(s) (as defined in the CTA) as well as satisfy initial filing obligations (for newly-formed reporting companies) and submit on-going periodic reports. Non-compliance with FinCEN regulations promulgated under the CTA may result in civil fines as well as criminal penalties.

In December 2021, FinCEN proposed the first of three sets of rules that it will issue to implement the beneficial ownership reporting requirements of the CTA, with subsequent rulemakings expected (i) to implement the CTA’s protocols for access to and disclosure of beneficial ownership information, and (ii) to revise the existing customer due diligence requirements that apply to the Corporation, the Bank and many other financial institutions, to ensure consistency between these requirements and the beneficial ownership reporting rules. The Corporation is unable to determine the ultimate impact of the CTA and related regulations on the Corporation and its subsidiaries, including the Bank. The Corporation will continue to monitor regulatory developments related to the CTA, including future FinCEN rulemakings.

Cybersecurity. The federal banking agencies have adopted guidelines for establishing information security standards and cybersecurity programs for implementing safeguards under the supervision of a financial institution’s board of directors. These guidelines, along with related regulatory materials, increasingly focus on risk management and processes related to information technology and the use of third parties in the provision of financial products and services. The federal banking agencies expect financial institutions to establish lines of defense and ensure that their risk management processes also address the risk posed by compromised customer credentials, and also expect financial institutions to maintain sufficient business continuity planning processes to ensure rapid recovery, resumption and maintenance of the institution’s operations after a cyber-attack. If the Corporation or the Bank fails to meet the expectations set forth in this regulatory guidance, the Corporation or the Bank could be subject to various regulatory actions and any remediation efforts may require significant resources of the Corporation or the Bank. In addition, all federal and state banking agencies continue to increase focus on cybersecurity programs and risks as part of regular supervisory exams.

In October 2016, the federal banking agencies issued proposed rules on enhanced cybersecurity risk-management and resilience standards that would apply to very large financial institutions and to services provided by third parties to these institutions. The comment period for these proposed rules has closed and a final rule has not been published. Although the proposed rules would apply only to bank holding companies and banks with $50 billion or more in total consolidated assets, these rules could influence the federal banking agencies’ expectations and supervisory requirements

Table of Contents

for information security standards and cybersecurity programs of smaller financial institutions, such as the Corporation and the Bank.

On November 18, 2021, the federal bank regulatory agencies issued a final rule to improve the sharing of information about cyber incidents that may affect the U.S. banking system. The rule requires a banking organization to notify its primary federal regulator of any significant computer-security incident as soon as possible and no later than 36 hours after the banking organization determines that a cyber incident has occurred. Notification is required for incidents that have materially affected—or are reasonably likely to materially affect—the viability of a banking organization’s operations, its ability to deliver banking products and services, or the stability of the financial sector. In addition, the rule requires a bank service provider to notify affected banking organization customers as soon as possible when the provider determines that it has experienced a computer-security incident that has materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect banking organization customers for four or more hours. Compliance with the final rule is required by May 1, 2022. The Corporation and the Bank are currently assessing the impact of this rule, but do not anticipate any material impact to their respective operations at this time.

Stress Testing. The federal banking agencies have implemented stress testing requirements for certain large or risky financial institutions, including bank holding companies and state-chartered banks. Although these requirements do not apply to the Corporation and the Bank, the federal banking agencies emphasize that all banking organizations, regardless of size, should have the capacity to analyze the potential effect of adverse market conditions or outcomes on the organization’s financial condition. Based on existing regulatory guidance, the Corporation and the Bank will be expected to consider the institution’s interest rate risk management, commercial real estate loan concentrations and other credit-related information, and funding and liquidity management during this analysis of adverse market conditions or outcomes.

Volcker Rule. The Dodd-Frank Act prohibits bank holding companies and their subsidiary banks from engaging in proprietary trading except in limited circumstances, and places limits on ownership of equity investments in private equity and hedge funds (the Volcker Rule). The EGRRCPA, and final rules adopted to implement the EGRRCPA, exempt all banks with less than $10 billion in assets (including their holding companies and affiliates) from the Volcker Rule, provided that the institution has total trading assets and liabilities of 5 percent or less of total assets, subject to certain limited exceptions. The Corporation believes that its financial condition and its operations are not affected by the Volcker Rule, amendments thereto, or its implementing regulations.

Call Reports and Examination Cycle. All institutions, regardless of size, submit a quarterly call report that includes data used by federal banking agencies to monitor the condition, performance, and risk profile of individual institutions and the industry as a whole. The EGRRCPA contained provisions expanding the number of regulated institutions eligible to use streamlined call report forms. In June 2019, consistent with the provisions of the EGRRCPA, the federal banking agencies issued a final rule to permit insured depository institutions with total assets of less than $5 billion that do not engage in certain complex or international activities to file the most streamlined version of the quarterly call report, and to reduce data reportable on certain streamlined call report submissions.

In December 2018, consistent with the provisions of the EGRRCPA, the federal banking agencies jointly adopted final rules that permit banks with up to $3 billion in total assets, that received a composite CAMELS rating of “1” or “2,” and that meet certain other criteria (including not having undergone any change in control during the previous 12-month period, and not being subject to a formal enforcement proceeding or order), to qualify for an 18-month on-site examination cycle.

COVID-19 Related Regulatory Relief. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, federal banking agencies issued a joint statement on March 22, 2020 encouraging banking institutions to work with borrowers affected by the COVID-19 pandemic, including offering short-term loan modifications to borrowers unable to meet their contractual payment obligations. Under this interagency guidance, certain loans that have been modified are exempt from being reported as past due or as troubled debt restructurings (TDRs). Further, the CARES Act, as later amended as discussed below, provided additional exemptions from TDR reporting for certain loans that were modified for reasons related to the COVID-19 pandemic prior to January 1, 2022. As of December 31, 2021, the Bank had $7.2 million in loans that had been modified, and whose modification periods had not ended, that were exempt from being reported as TDRs under the CARES

Table of Contents

Act. Regulatory agencies also issued an interim final rule on April 7, 2020 which provides relief in bank regulatory capital requirements that allow loans originated under the PPP to be excluded from risk-weighted assets.

Congress also enacted the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021, on December 27, 2020, which included (i) the Economic Aid to Hard-Hit Small Businesses, Non-profits, and Venues Act, (ii) the COVID-Related Tax Relief Act of 2020, and (iii) the Taxpayer Certainty and Disability Relief Act of 2020. These laws include significant clarifications and modifications to PPP, which had terminated on August 8, 2020, and an extension of provisions under the CARES Act related to loan modifications. In particular, Congress revived the PPP and allocated an additional $284.45 billion in PPP funds for 2021. The Bank participated in lending under the PPP and had $17.8 million of outstanding PPP loans as of December 31, 2021.

Effect of Governmental Monetary Policies. As with other financial institutions, the earnings of the Corporation and the Bank are affected by general economic conditions as well as by the monetary policies of the Federal Reserve Board. Such policies, which include regulating the national supply of bank reserves and bank credit, can have a major effect upon the source and cost of funds and the rates of return earned on loans and investments. The Federal Reserve Board exerts a substantial influence on interest rates and credit conditions, primarily through establishing target rates for federal funds, open market operations in U.S. Government securities, varying the discount rate on member bank borrowings and setting cash reserve requirements against deposits. Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, will influence the origination of loans, the purchase of investments, the generation of deposits, and rates received on loans and investment securities and paid on deposits. Fluctuations in the Federal Reserve Board’s monetary policies have had a significant impact on the operating results of the Corporation and the Bank and are expected to continue to do so in the future.

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Federal Reserve Board’s Federal Open Market Committee (the FOMC) decreased the federal funds target rate – i.e., the interest rate at which depository institutions such as the Bank lend reserve balances to other depository institutions overnight on an uncollateralized basis – to a rate of zero to 0.25 percent, although during the first quarter of 2022 multiple members of the FOMC have signaled an intent to increase the federal funds target rate during 2022.

Future Regulation

From time to time, various legislative and regulatory initiatives are introduced in Congress and state legislatures, as well as by regulatory agencies. Such initiatives may include proposals to expand or contract the powers of bank holding companies and depository institutions or proposals to substantially change the financial institution regulatory system. Such legislation could change banking statutes and the operating environment of the Corporation in substantial and unpredictable ways. If enacted, such legislation could increase or decrease the cost of doing business, limit or expand permissible activities or affect the competitive balance among banks, savings associations, credit unions, and other financial institutions. The Corporation cannot predict whether any such legislation will be enacted, and, if enacted, the effect that it, or any implementing regulations, would have on the financial condition or results of operations of the Corporation. A change in statutes, regulations or regulatory policies applicable to the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries could have a material effect on the business of the Corporation.

Available Information

The Corporation’s SEC filings are filed electronically and are available to the public over the Internet at the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. The Corporation’s SEC filings also are available through our website at http://www.cffc.com under “Investor Relations/Financial Documents/SEC Filings” as of the day they are filed with the SEC. Copies of documents also can be obtained free of charge by writing to the Corporation’s secretary at 3600 La Grange Parkway, Toano, VA 23168 or by calling 804-843-2360.

Table of Contents

ITEM 1A.RISK FACTORS

Investments in the Company’s common stock involve risk. In addition to the other information set forth in this Report on Form 10-K, including the information addressed under “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” investors in the Company’s common stock should carefully consider the factors discussed below. The following discussion highlights the risks that we believe are material to the Company, but the following discussion does not necessarily include all risks that we may face, and an investor in the Company’s common stock should not interpret the disclosure of a risk in the following discussion to state or imply that the risk has not already materialized. These factors could materially and adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations, and capital position, and could cause the Company’s actual results to differ materially from its historical results or the results contemplated by the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, in which case the trading price of the Company’s common stock could decline. Additionally, investors should not interpret the disclosure of a risk to imply that the risk has not already materialized.

Risk Factors Related to our Lending Activities and Economic Conditions

Our business is subject to various lending and other economic risks that could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Deterioration in economic conditions could adversely affect our business. Our business is directly affected by general economic and market conditions; broad trends in industry and finance; legislative and regulatory changes; changes in governmental monetary and fiscal policies; and inflation, all of which are beyond our control. A deterioration in economic conditions, in particular a prolonged economic slowdown within our geographic region or a broader disruption in the economy, possibly as a result of a pandemic or other widespread public health emergency, could result in the following consequences, any of which could hurt our business materially: an increase in loan delinquencies; an increase in problem assets and foreclosures; a decline in demand for our products and services; a deterioration in the value of collateral for loans made by our various business segments; and changes in the fair value of financial instruments held by the Corporation or its subsidiaries.

Adverse changes in economic conditions in our market areas or adverse conditions in an industry on which a local market in which we do business is dependent could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We provide full service banking and other financial services throughout eastern and central Virginia. Our loan and deposit activities are directly affected by, and our financial success depends on, economic conditions within these markets, as well as conditions in the industries on which those markets are economically dependent. A deterioration in local economic conditions or in the condition of an industry on which a local market depends, such as the U.S. military and related defense contractors and industries, could adversely affect such factors as unemployment rates, business formations and expansions and housing market conditions. Adverse developments in any of these factors could result in among other things, a decline in loan demand, a reduction in the number of credit-worthy borrowers seeking loans, an increase in delinquencies, defaults and foreclosures, an increase in classified and nonaccrual loans, a decrease in the value of loan collateral, and a decline in the financial condition of borrowers and guarantors, any of which could adversely affect our financial condition or business.

Table of Contents

Weakness in the secondary residential mortgage loan markets or demand for mortgage loans may adversely affect income from C&F Mortgage.

Our mortgage banking segment provides a significant portion of our noninterest income. We generate gains on sales of mortgage loans primarily from sales of mortgage loans that we originate. Interest rates, housing inventory, housing demand, cash buyers, new mortgage lending regulations and other market conditions have a direct effect on loan originations across the industry. In particular, in a rising or higher interest rate environment, our originations of mortgage loans may decrease, resulting in fewer loans that are available to be sold to investors. This would result in a decrease in noninterest income. In addition, our results of operations are affected by the amount of noninterest expenses (including for personnel and systems infrastructure) associated with mortgage banking activities. During periods of reduced loan demand, our results of operations may be adversely affected to the extent that we are unable to reduce expenses commensurate with the decline in mortgage loan origination activity.

If our allowance for loan losses becomes inadequate, our results of operations may be adversely affected.

Making loans is an essential element of our business. The risk of nonpayment is affected by a number of factors, including but not limited to: the duration of the credit; credit risks of a particular customer; changes in economic and industry conditions; and, in the case of a collateralized loan, risks resulting from uncertainties about the future value of the collateral. Although we seek to mitigate risks inherent in lending by adhering to specific underwriting practices, our loans may not be repaid. We attempt to maintain an appropriate allowance for loan losses to provide for losses in our loan portfolio. Because any estimate of loan losses is necessarily subjective and the accuracy of any estimate depends on the outcome of future events that are not within our control, we face the risk that charge-offs in future periods will exceed our allowance for loan losses and that additional provision for loan losses will be required, which would have an adverse effect on the Corporation’s net income. Although we believe our allowance for loan losses is adequate to absorb losses that are inherent in our loan portfolio, we cannot predict the timing or severity of such losses nor give any assurance that our allowance will be adequate in the future.

The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) has issued a new accounting standard that will be effective for the Corporation for the fiscal year beginning January 1, 2023. This standard, Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 326, “Financial Instruments—Credit Losses” (ASC 326) will require the Corporation to record an allowance for credit losses that represents expected credit losses over the lifetime of all loans in its portfolio. This represents a change from the current method of providing for an allowance for loan losses that have been incurred. We have not yet determined the impact that ASC 326 will have on our consolidated financial statements and regulatory capital. While the adoption of ASC 326 will not affect ultimate loan performance or cash flows of the Corporation from making loans, the period in which expected credit losses affect net income of the Corporation may not be similar to the recognition of loan losses under current accounting guidance. If recognition of the allowance for credit losses results in a reduction of the regulatory capital of C&F Bank, the initial reduction in regulatory capital will be phased in over three years under regulatory guidance.

An increase in mortgage loan defaults or prepayments may result in losses related to loans sold by C&F Mortgage.

Deterioration in economic conditions may cause borrowers to default on their mortgages, which may result in losses to investors who purchased residential mortgage loans originated by C&F Mortgage and sold in the secondary market, especially if accompanied by declines in the value of residential real estate securing those loans. This may result in potential repurchase or indemnification obligations for C&F Mortgage. Such obligations may arise in the event of claims by investors of borrower misrepresentation, fraud, early-payment default, or underwriting error, as investors attempt to minimize their losses. We cannot be assured that a prolonged period of payment defaults and foreclosures will not result in an increase in requests for repurchases or indemnifications. Alternatively, during periods of low or falling interest rates, our customers may find opportunities to refinance shortly after obtaining a mortgage loan from C&F Mortgage, which may result in unexpected prepayments on loans that have been sold into the secondary market. This may result in obligations of C&F Mortgage to return a portion of the sales proceeds from such loans to investors pursuant to the terms of the sale. We attempt to maintain an appropriate reserve for indemnification losses and for prepayment obligations. Although we believe our reserves for indemnification losses and prepayment obligations are adequate, these estimates are inherently subjective and actual indemnification losses and prepayment obligations will depend on future events that are

Table of Contents

often not within our control. Therefore, we can give no assurance that established reserves will be adequate. Additional provision for indemnification losses or additional obligations arising from prepayments would have an adverse effect on the Corporation’s net income.

Our level of credit risk is higher due to the concentration of our loan portfolio in commercial loans and in consumer finance loans.

At December 31, 2021, 50.9 percent of our loan portfolio consisted of commercial, financial and agricultural loans, which include loans secured by real estate for builder lines, acquisition and development and commercial development, as well as commercial loans secured by personal property. These loans generally carry larger loan balances and involve a greater degree of financial and credit risk than home equity and residential loans. The increased financial and credit risk associated with these types of loans is a result of several factors, including the concentration of principal in a limited number of loans and to borrowers in similar lines of business, the size of loan balances, the effects of general economic conditions on income-producing properties and the increased difficulty of evaluating and monitoring these types of loans.

At December 31, 2021, 22.8 percent of our loan portfolio consisted of consumer finance loans that provide automobile financing, primarily for customers in the non-prime market. During periods of economic slowdown or recession, delinquencies, defaults, repossessions and losses may increase in this portfolio. Significant increases in the inventory of used automobiles during periods of economic recession may also depress the prices at which we may sell repossessed vehicles or delay the timing of these sales. Because we focus on non-prime borrowers, the actual rates of delinquencies, defaults, repossessions and losses on these loans are higher than those experienced in the general automobile finance industry and could be dramatically affected by a general economic downturn. In addition, our servicing costs may increase without a corresponding increase in our finance charge income. While we manage the higher risk inherent in loans made to non-prime borrowers through our underwriting criteria for installment sales contracts we purchase and collection methods, we cannot guarantee that these criteria or methods will ultimately provide adequate protection against these risks.

Risk Factors Related to our Industry

We are subject to interest rate risk and fluctuations in interest rates may negatively affect our financial performance.

Our profitability depends in substantial part on our net interest margin, which is the difference between the interest earned on loans, securities and other interest-earning assets, and interest paid on deposits and borrowings divided by total interest-earning assets. Changes in interest rates will affect our net interest margin in diverse ways, including the pricing of loans and deposits, the levels of prepayments and asset quality. We are unable to predict actual fluctuations of market interest rates because many factors influencing interest rates, including changes in economic conditions, are beyond our control. We believe that our current interest rate exposure is manageable and does not indicate any significant exposure to interest rate changes. In March 2020, the FOMC announced emergency rate cuts for the federal funds rate, which is the interest rate at which depository institutions lend reserve balances to other depository institutions overnight, in response to the outbreak of COVID-19. Since March 2020, the FOMC has kept the federal funds rate near zero, and while financial markets expect interest rates to increase during 2022 as the FOMC policy stance shifts toward addressing inflationary pressures in the economy, expectations for interest rates remain historically low. Longer-term market interest rates, including yields on U.S. treasury bonds, have also remained below historical levels. Therefore, we are expecting continued pressure on our net interest margin due to intense competition for loans and deposits from both local and national financial institutions and the continued effect of lower interest rates on interest income. In addition, the Corporation could experience further net interest margin compression if it is unable to maintain its current level of loans outstanding by continuing to originate new loans or if it experiences a decrease in deposit balances, which would require the Corporation to seek funding from other sources at higher rates of interest.

We rely substantially on deposits obtained from customers in our target markets to provide liquidity and support growth.

Table of Contents

Our business strategies are based on access to funding from local customer deposits. Deposit levels may be affected by a number of factors, including interest rates paid by competitors, general interest rate levels, returns available to customers on alternative investments and general economic conditions that affect savings levels and the amount of liquidity in the economy, including government stimulus efforts in response to economic crises. If our deposit levels fall, we could lose a relatively low cost source of funding and our interest expense would likely increase as we obtain alternative funding to replace lost deposits. If local customer deposits are not sufficient to fund our normal operations and growth, we will look to outside sources, such as borrowings from the FHLB, which is a secured funding source. Our ability to access borrowings from the FHLB will be dependent upon whether and the extent to which we can provide collateral to secure FHLB borrowings. We may also look to federal funds purchased and brokered deposits, although the use of brokered deposits may be limited or discouraged by our banking regulators. We may also seek to raise funds through the issuance of shares of our common stock, or other equity or equity-related securities, or debt securities including subordinated notes as additional sources of liquidity. If we are unable to access funding sufficient to support our business operations and growth strategies or are unable to access such funding on attractive terms, we may not be able to implement our business strategies which may negatively affect our financial performance.

Consumers may increasingly decide not to use banks to complete their financial transactions, which could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and operations.

Technology and other changes are allowing parties to complete financial transactions through alternative methods that historically have involved banks. For example, consumers can now maintain funds that would have historically been held as bank deposits in brokerage accounts, mutual funds, general-purpose reloadable prepaid cards, or in other types of assets, including crypto currencies or other digital assets. Consumers can also complete transactions such as paying bills or transferring funds directly without the assistance of banks. The process of eliminating banks as intermediaries, known as “disintermediation,” could result in the loss of fee income, as well as the loss of customer deposits and the related income generated from those deposits. The loss of these revenue streams and the loss of deposits as a lower cost source of funds could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Competition from other financial institutions and financial intermediaries may adversely affect our profitability.

We face substantial competition in originating loans and in attracting deposits. Our competition in originating loans and attracting deposits comes principally from other banks, mortgage banking companies, consumer finance companies, savings associations, credit unions, brokerage firms, insurance companies and other institutional lenders and purchasers of loans, and includes firms that attract customers primarily through digital and online products which may offer greater convenience to customers than traditional banking products and services. Additionally, banks and other financial institutions with larger capitalization and financial intermediaries not subject to bank regulatory restrictions have larger lending limits and are thereby able to serve the credit needs of larger clients. These institutions may be able to offer the same loan products and services that we offer at more competitive rates and prices. Increased competition could require us to increase the rates we pay on deposits or lower the rates we offer on loans, which could adversely affect our profitability.

Accounting for past business combinations may expose us to intangible asset risk, which could affect our results of operations.

In connection with accounting for prior acquisitions, we recorded assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their fair value, which resulted in the recognition of certain intangible assets, including goodwill. Adverse conditions in our business climate, including a significant decline in future operating cash flows, changes in interest rates that may lead to net interest margin compression, changes in demand for loans or our ability to originate and hold loans, a sustained period of elevated loan losses, a significant decrease in valuations or stock prices of the Corporation or other bank holding companies, or a deviation from our expected growth rate and performance, may significantly affect the fair value of the Corporation’s reporting units and may trigger impairment losses on intangible assets, which could be materially adverse to our results of operations.

Table of Contents

Risk Factors Related to our Operations and Technology

Our risk management framework may not be effective in mitigating risk and loss.

We maintain an enterprise risk management program that is designed to identify, quantify, monitor, report and control the risks we face. These risks include, but are not limited to, interest rate, credit, liquidity, operational, reputation, legal, compliance, economic and litigation risk. Although we assess our risk management program on an ongoing basis and make identified improvements to it, we can give no assurance that this approach and risk management framework (including related controls) will effectively mitigate the risks listed above or limit losses that we may incur. If our risk management program has flaws or gaps, or if our risk management controls do not function effectively, our results of operations, financial condition or business may be adversely affected.

We are subject to security and operational risks, including cybersecurity risks and cyber attacks, relating to our use of technology that could damage our reputation and our business.

In the ordinary course of business, the Corporation collects and stores sensitive data, including proprietary business information and personally identifiable information of our customers and employees, in systems and on networks. The secure processing, maintenance and use of this information is critical to operations and the Corporation’s business strategy. The Corporation has invested in information security technologies and continually reviews processes and practices that are designed to protect its networks, computers and data from damage or unauthorized access. Despite these security measures, the Corporation’s computer systems and infrastructure may be vulnerable to attacks by hackers or may be breached due to employee error, malfeasance or other disruptions. Security breaches, including cyber incidents, identity theft and hacking events, have been experienced by several of the world’s largest financial institutions that utilize sophisticated security tools to prevent such breaches, incidents and events. Any security breach that we experience could result in legal claims, regulatory penalties, disruption in operation, remediation expenses, costs associated with customer notification and credit monitoring services, increased insurance premiums, loss of customers and business partners and damage to the Corporation’s reputation. We rely on customary security systems and procedures to provide the security and authentication necessary to effect secure collection, transmission and storage of sensitive data. These systems and procedures include but are not limited to (i) regular penetration testing of our network, (ii) regular employee training programs on sound security practices and awareness of security threats, (iii) deployment of tools to monitor our network including intrusion prevention and detection systems, electronic mail spam filters, anti-virus, anti-malware, anti-ransomware, resource logging and patch management, (iv) multifactor authentication for customers using treasury management tools and employees who access our network from outside of our premises, and (v) enforcement of security policies and procedures for the additions and maintenance of user access and rights to resources. However, because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access, or to disable or degrade systems change frequently and are often not recognized until launched against a target, the Corporation may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate protective measures.

While most of our core data processing is conducted internally, certain key applications are outsourced to third party providers. If our third party providers encounter difficulties or if we have difficulty in communicating with such third parties, it will significantly affect our ability to adequately process and account for customer transactions, which would significantly affect our business operations and reputation. Additionally, in recent years banking regulators have focused on the responsibilities of financial institutions to supervise vendors and other third-party service providers. We may have to dedicate significant resources to manage risks and regulatory burdens presented by our relationship with vendors and third-party service providers, including our data processing and cybersecurity service providers.

We rely on other companies to provide key components of our business infrastructure.

Third parties provide key components of our businesses’ operations such as data processing, recording and monitoring transactions, online banking interfaces and services, internet connections, and network access. While we have selected these third-party vendors carefully, we do not control their actions. Any problem caused by these third parties,

Table of Contents

such as poor performance of services, failure to provide services, disruptions in communication services provided by a vendor, or failure to handle current or higher volumes could adversely affect the Corporation’s ability to deliver products and services to its customers and otherwise conduct its business, and may harm its reputation. Financial or operational difficulties of a third-party vendor could also hurt the Corporation’s operations if those difficulties affect the vendor’s ability to serve the Corporation. Replacing these third-party vendors could also create significant delay and expense. Accordingly, use of such third parties creates an unavoidable inherent risk to our businesses’ operations.

Our business is technology dependent, and an inability to successfully implement technological improvements may adversely affect our ability to be competitive and our results of operations and financial condition.

The financial services industry is undergoing rapid technological changes with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products, systems and services, which may require substantial initial investment to be implemented, including the cost of modifying or adapting existing products, systems and services. The Corporation invests in new technology to enhance customer service, and to increase efficiency and reduce operating costs. Our future success will depend in part upon our ability to create synergies in our operations through the use of technology and to facilitate the ability of customers to engage in financial transactions in a manner that enhances the customer experience. We cannot give any assurance that technological improvements will increase operational efficiency or that we will be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products, systems and services or be successful in marketing new products and services to our customers. A failure to maintain or enhance a competitive position with respect to technology, whether because of a failure to anticipate customer expectations, substantially fewer resources to invest in technological improvements than larger competitors, or because our technological developments fail to perform as desired or are not implemented in a timely manner, could result in higher operating costs, decreased customer satisfaction, and lower market share. An inability to effectively implement new technology and realize operational efficiencies could result in the loss of initial investments in such projects and higher operating costs. Either of these outcomes could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

We rely heavily on our management team and the unexpected loss of key officers may adversely affect our operations.

We believe that our growth and future success will depend in large part on the skills of our executive officers. We also depend upon the experience of the officers of our subsidiaries and on their relationships with the communities they serve. The loss of the services of one or more of these officers could disrupt our operations and impair our ability to implement our business strategy, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The success of our business strategies depends on our ability to identify and recruit individuals with experience and relationships in our primary markets.

The successful implementation of our business strategy will require us to continue to attract, hire, motivate and retain skilled personnel to develop new customer relationships as well as new financial products and services. The market for qualified management personnel is competitive, which has contributed to salary and employee benefit costs that have risen and are expected to continue to rise, which may have an adverse effect on the Corporation’s net income. In addition, the process of identifying and recruiting individuals with the combination of skills and attributes required to carry out our strategy is often lengthy, and we may not be able to effectively integrate these individuals into our operations. Our inability to identify, recruit and retain talented personnel to manage our operations effectively and in a timely manner could limit our growth or impair our ability to implement our business strategy effectively and efficiently, which could materially adversely affect our business.

The Corporation or any of its subsidiaries is a defendant from time to time in a variety of litigation and other actions.

The Corporation or any of its subsidiaries may be involved from time to time in a variety of litigation arising out of its business, and the Corporation operates in a legal and regulatory environment that exposes it to potential significant litigation risk. The Corporation’s insurance may not cover all claims that may be asserted against it in legal or administrative actions or costs that it may incur defending such actions, and any claims asserted against it, regardless of merit or eventual outcome, may harm the Corporation’s reputation. Should the ultimate judgments or settlements and/or

Table of Contents

costs incurred in any litigation exceed any applicable insurance coverage, they could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operation for any period.

Risk Factors Related to the COVID-19 Pandemic

The Corporation’s results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic.

The outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic, the widespread government response and the impact on consumers and businesses have caused significant disruption in the United States and international economies and financial markets and may have had or may have a significant impact on consumers and businesses in our market area and the operations and financial performance of the Corporation. Governments, businesses and the public initially responded to the pandemic in ways that resulted in a significant disruption of economic activity, and the businesses of many of our customers have been adversely impacted, which could result in adverse impacts on our results of operations.

Although the scope, duration and full effects of the pandemic are evolving and cannot be fully known at this time, consequences of the pandemic have included and may include further market volatility, lower interest rates, disrupted trade and supply chains, increased unemployment, rising prices, inflation and reduced economic activity. The period of recovery from the negative economic effects of the pandemic cannot be predicted and may be protracted. The effects of the pandemic on our borrowers has been mitigated by loan payment deferral programs and government stimulus or relief efforts, such as the PPP. However, as these programs have largely ended, signs of credit deterioration that were masked or obscured may emerge, and the Corporation can give no assurance that loan performance or net charge-offs will continue at the levels experienced in 2021 and 2020.

The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic impacts our business, results of operations and financial condition will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including, but not limited to the duration and severity of the COVID-19 pandemic, the acceptance and continued effectiveness of vaccines and treatments for COVID-19, the effects of the pandemic on our customers and vendors, the short- and long-term health impacts of the pandemic, and how quickly and to what extent normal economic and operating conditions can resume. If the severity of the COVID-19 pandemic worsens, additional actions may be taken by federal, state, and local governments, or public behavior may change in response to evolving circumstances, to mitigate its effects. There can be no assurance that any efforts by the Corporation to address the adverse impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic will be effective. Even after the COVID-19 pandemic has subsided, we may continue to experience adverse impacts to our business as a result of changes in the behavior of customers, businesses and their employees. Furthermore, the financial condition of our customers and vendors may be adversely impacted, which may result in an elevated level of loan losses, a decrease in demand for our products and services, or reduced availability of services provided by third parties on which we rely. Any of these events may, in turn, have a material adverse impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Risks Related to the Regulation of the Corporation

Compliance with laws, regulations and supervisory guidance, both new and existing, may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to numerous laws, regulations and supervision from both federal and state agencies. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could result in financial, structural and operational penalties, including receivership. In addition, establishing systems and processes to achieve compliance with these laws and regulations may increase our costs and/or limit our ability to pursue certain business opportunities.

Laws and regulations, and any interpretations and applications with respect thereto, generally are intended to benefit consumers, borrowers and depositors, but not stockholders. The legislative and regulatory environment is beyond our control, may change rapidly and unpredictably and may negatively influence our revenues, costs, earnings, and capital levels. Our success depends on our ability to maintain compliance with both existing and new laws and regulations.

Table of Contents

Future legislation, regulation and government policy, particularly following changes in political leadership and policymakers in the federal government, could affect the banking industry as a whole, including the Corporation’s business and results of operations, in ways that are difficult to predict. In addition, the Corporation’s results of operations could be adversely affected by changes in the way in which existing statutes and regulations are interpreted or applied by courts and government agencies.

The CFPB may increase our regulatory compliance burden and could affect the consumer financial products and services that we offer.

The CFPB significantly influences consumer financial laws, regulation and policy through rulemaking related to enforcement of the Dodd-Frank Act’s prohibitions against unfair, deceptive and abusive consumer finance products or practices, which are directly affecting the business operations of financial institutions offering consumer financial products or services, including the Corporation. This agency’s broad rulemaking authority includes identifying practices or acts that are unfair, deceptive or abusive in connection with any consumer financial transaction, financial product or service. Although the CFPB has jurisdiction over banks with $10 billion or greater in assets, rules, regulations and policies issued by the CFPB may also apply to the Corporation or its subsidiaries by virtue of the adoption of such policies and practices by the Federal Reserve and the FDIC. Further, the CFPB may include its own examiners in regulatory examinations by the Corporation’s primary regulators. The total costs, limitations and restrictions related to the CFPB may produce significant, material effects on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our earnings are significantly affected by the fiscal and monetary policies of the federal government and its agencies.

The policies of the Federal Reserve affect us significantly. The Federal Reserve regulates the supply of money and credit in the United States. Its policies directly and indirectly influence the rate of interest earned on loans and paid on borrowings and interest-bearing deposits and can also affect the value of financial instruments we hold. Those policies determine to a significant extent our cost of funds for lending and investing. Changes in those policies are beyond our control and are difficult to predict. Federal Reserve policies can also affect our borrowers, potentially increasing the risk that they may fail to repay their loans. For example, a tightening of the money supply by the Federal Reserve could reduce the demand for a borrower's products and services. This could adversely affect the borrower’s earnings and ability to repay a loan, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Alternatively, an expansion of the money supply could make it easier for a borrower to obtain a loan from another financial institution at a lower interest rate, resulting in a payoff of that borrower’s higher rate loan with us, and which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to Owning the Corporation’s Common Stock

Our common stock price may be volatile, which could result in losses to our investors.

Our common stock price has been volatile in the past, and several factors could cause the price to fluctuate in the future. These factors include, but are not limited to, actual or anticipated variations in earnings, changes in analysts’ recommendations or projections with regard to our common stock or the markets and businesses in which we operate, operations and stock performance of other companies deemed to be our peers, and reports of trends and concerns and other issues related to the financial services industry. Fluctuations in our common stock price may be unrelated to our performance. General market declines or market volatility in the future, especially in the financial institutions sector, could adversely affect the price of our common stock, and the current market price may not be indicative of future market prices.

Future sales of our common stock by shareholders or the perception that those sales could occur may cause our common stock price to decline.

Although our common stock is listed for trading on NASDAQ Global Select Market, the trading volume in our common stock may be lower than that of other larger financial institutions. A public trading market having the desired

Table of Contents

characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends on the presence in the marketplace of willing buyers and sellers of the common stock at any given time. This presence depends on the individual decisions of investors and general economic and market conditions over which we have no control. Given the potential for lower relative trading volume in our common stock, significant sales of the common stock in the public market, or the perception that those sales may occur, could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline or to be lower than it otherwise might be in the absence of these sales or perceptions.

Future issuances of our common stock could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and could be dilutive.

We may issue additional shares of common stock or securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, shares of our common stock. Issuances of a substantial number of shares of our common stock, or the expectation that such issuances might occur, including in connection with acquisitions, could materially adversely affect the market price of the shares of our common stock and could be dilutive to shareholders. Any decision we make to issue common stock in the future will depend on market conditions and other factors, and we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing, or nature of possible future issuances of our common stock. Accordingly, our shareholders bear the risk that future issuances of our securities will reduce the market price of the common stock and dilute their stock holdings in the Corporation.

The Corporation’s dividends may not be sustained.

Although the Corporation has historically paid cash dividends to holders of its common stock, holders of common stock are not entitled to receive dividends. Financial, regulatory or economic factors may cause the Corporation’s Board of Directors to consider, among other actions, the suspension or reduction of dividends paid on the Corporation’s common stock. Furthermore, the Corporation is a bank holding company that conducts substantially all of its operations through its subsidiaries, including the Bank. As a result, the Corporation relies on dividends from the Bank for substantially all of its revenues. There are various regulatory restrictions on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends or make other payments to the Corporation, and the Corporation’s right to participate in a distribution of assets upon the Bank’s liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of the Bank’s creditors. If the Bank is unable to pay dividends to the Corporation, the Corporation may not be able to service its outstanding borrowings and other debt, pay its other obligations or pay a cash dividend to the holders of the Corporation’s common stock, and the Corporation’s business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

ITEM 1B.UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

The Corporation has no unresolved comments from the SEC staff.

ITEM 2.PROPERTIES

The following describes the location and general character of the principal offices and other materially important physical properties of the Corporation.

The main office of C&F Bank is located in West Point, VA. The operations center of C&F Bank, which includes the offices of the community banking segment’s loan, deposit and administrative functions, is located in Toano, Virginia. Additionally, the community banking segment operates 30 branch offices. The community banking segment also operates four regional commercial lending offices in Virginia, two of which are situated at bank branch locations. Of the 32 locations used as bank branches or commercial lending offices, 25 are owned by the community banking segment, 6 are leased from nonaffiliates and one is located in a loan production office of the mortgage banking segment.

The mortgage banking segment’s main administrative office and a loan production office are located in Midlothian, Virginia, in a building owned by C&F Bank that also houses a branch of C&F Bank. In addition, the mortgage banking segment has 19 loan production offices, of which 3 in Virginia are located in C&F Bank branches and 16 are leased from nonaffiliates, including: 11 in Virginia, 1 in Maryland, 2 in North Carolina, 1 in South Carolina and 1 in West Virginia.

Table of Contents

The consumer finance segment’s headquarters and its loan and administrative functions and staff are located in Richmond, Virginia, in offices that are owned. The consumer finance segment also has an office in a building owned by C&F Bank that also houses a branch of C&F Bank.

All of the Corporation’s properties are in good operating condition and are adequate for the Corporation’s present and anticipated future needs.

ITEM 3.LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The Corporation and its subsidiaries may be involved in certain litigation matters arising in the ordinary course of business. Although the ultimate outcome of these matters cannot be ascertained at this time, and the results of legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, we believe, based on current knowledge, that the resolution of any such matters arising in the ordinary course of business will not have a material adverse effect on the Corporation.

ITEM 4.MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

None.

Table of Contents

INFORMATION ABOUT OUR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS


Name (Age) Present Position		Business Experience During Past Five Years

Thomas F. Cherry (53) President and Chief Executive Officer		Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and C&F Bank since 2019; President of the Corporation and C&F Bank since 2014; Director of the Corporation and C&F Bank since 2015; Secretary of the Corporation and C&F Bank from 2002 to 2018; Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation and C&F Bank from 2004 to 2016

Larry G. Dillon (69) Executive Chairman		Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Corporation and C&F Bank since 1989; Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and C&F Bank from 1989 to 2018; President of the Corporation and C&F Bank from 1989 to 2014

Jason E. Long (42) Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary		Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation and C&F Bank since 2020; Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation and C&F Bank from 2016 to 2020; Secretary of the Corporation and C&F Bank since 2019

Bryan E. McKernon (65) President and Chief Executive Officer, C&F Mortgage		President and Chief Executive Officer of C&F Mortgage since 1995; Director of C&F Bank since 1998

S. Dustin Crone (53) President and Chief Executive Officer, C&F Finance		Chief Executive Officer of C&F Finance since 2020; President of C&F Finance since 2010

John A. Seaman, III (64) Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer, C&F Bank		Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of C&F Bank since 2011

PART II

ITEM 5.MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

The Corporation’s common stock is listed for trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market of the NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbol “CFFI.” As of February 28, 2022 there were approximately 3,000 shareholders of our common stock. As of that date, the closing price of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Stock Market was $50.33.

Payment of dividends is at the discretion of the Corporation’s Board of Directors and is subject to various federal and state regulatory limitations. For further information regarding payment of dividends refer to Item 1. “Business,” under the heading “Limits on Dividends.” In making its decision on the payment of dividends on the Corporation’s common stock, the Corporation’s Board of Directors considers operating results, financial condition, capital adequacy, regulatory requirements, shareholder returns, and other factors.

Table of Contents

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The Corporation’s Board of Directors authorized a program, effective November 17, 2020, to repurchase up to 365,000 shares of the Corporation’s common stock through November 30, 2021 (the 2020 Repurchase Program). The 2020 Repurchase Program expired on November 30, 2021. As of November 30, 2021, the Corporation made aggregate common stock repurchases of 151,538 shares for an aggregate cost of $7.5 million under the 2020 Repurchase Program.

The Corporation’s Board of Directors authorized a program, effective December 1, 2021, to repurchase up to $10.0 million of the Corporation’s common stock through November 30, 2022 (the 2021 Repurchase Program). Repurchases under the 2021 Repurchase Program may be made through privately negotiated transactions or open market transactions, including pursuant to a trading plan in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 and/or Rule 10b-18 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and shares repurchased will be returned to the status of authorized and unissued shares of common stock. As of December 31, 2021, the Corporation has made aggregate common stock repurchases of 1,106 shares at an aggregate cost of $56,000 under the 2021 Repurchase Program.

The following table summarizes repurchases of the Corporation’s common stock that occurred during the three months ended December 31, 2021.


					Maximum Number
					(or Approximate
				Total Number of	Dollar Value) of
				Shares Purchased as	Shares that May Yet
				Part of Publicly	Be Purchased
	Total Number of	Average Price Paid		Announced Plans or	Under the Plans or
	Shares Purchased¹	per Share		Programs	Programs
October 1, 2021 - October 31, 2021	86	$	49.50	86		214,581
November 1, 2021 - November 30, 2021	1,119	$	49.93	1,119		213,462
December 1, 2021 - December 31, 2021	13,064	$	51.11	1,106	$	9,943,651
Total	14,269	$	51.00	2,311

1	During the three months ended December 31, 2021, 11,958 shares were withheld upon the vesting of restricted shares granted to employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries in order to satisfy tax withholding obligations.

The following graph compares the yearly cumulative total shareholder return on the common stock of the Corporation with the yearly cumulative total shareholder return on stock included in (1) the NASDAQ Composite Index and (2) a group of peer commercial financial institutions identified by the Corporation (the Peer Group). The Peer Group consists of entities that meet the following criteria: (i) publicly-traded commercial financial institution headquartered in Virginia, Kentucky, Maryland, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee and West Virginia and (ii) total assets as of December 31, 2020 of between $1 billion and $3.6 billion. For 2021, the Peer Group consisted of 22 publicly-traded commercial financial institutions with a median asset size of $1.8 billion based on total assets as of December 31, 2020. The following financial institutions were included in the Peer Group: American National Bankshares Inc. (VA), Blue Ridge Bankshares, Inc. (VA), CapStar Financial Holdings, Inc. (TN), The Community Financial Corporation (MD), First Community Bancshares, Inc. (VA), First Community Corporation (SC), First United Corporation (MD), FVCBankcorp, Inc. (VA), Howard Bancorp, Inc. (MD), Limestone Bancorp, Inc. (KY), MainStreet Bancshares, Inc. (VA), MVB Financial Corp. (WV), National Bankshares, Inc. (VA), Old Point Financial Corporation (VA), Partners Bancorp, Inc. (MD), Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. (NC), Primis Financial Corporation (VA), Reliant Bancorp, Inc. (TN), Shore Bancshares, Inc. (MD), SmartFinancial, Inc. (TN), Southern First Bancshares, Inc. (SC), Summit Financial Group, Inc. (WV).

The graph below assumes $100 invested on December 31, 2016 in the Corporation, the NASDAQ Composite Index and the Peer Group, and shows the total return on such an investment as of December 31, 2021, assuming reinvestment of dividends. There can be no assurance that the Corporation’s stock performance in the future will continue with the same or similar trends depicted in the graph below.

Table of Contents

Chart, line chart

Description automatically generated


	Period Ending
Index	12/31/2016		12/31/2017		12/31/2018		12/31/2019		12/31/2020		12/31/2021
C&F Financial Corporation		100.00		119.46		112.47		120.36		84.39		120.06
NASDAQ Composite Index		100.00		129.64		125.96		172.18		249.51		304.85
Peer Group		100.00		113.91		98.79		120.20		94.16		144.60

ITEM 6.RESERVED

Table of Contents

ITEM 7.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion supplements and provides information about the major components of the results of operations, financial condition, liquidity and capital resources of the Corporation. This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the accompanying consolidated financial statements. In addition to current and historical information, the following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements relate to our future business, financial condition or results of operations. For a description of certain factors that may have a significant impact on our future business, financial condition or results of operations, see “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” prior to Part I, Item 1. “Business.”

OVERVIEW

Our primary financial goals are to maximize the Corporation’s earnings and to deploy capital in profitable growth initiatives that will enhance long-term shareholder value. We track three primary financial performance measures in order to assess the level of success in achieving these goals: (1) return on average assets (ROA), (2) return on average equity (ROE), and (3) growth in earnings. In addition to these financial performance measures, we track the performance of the Corporation’s three business segments: community banking, mortgage banking, and consumer finance. We also actively manage our capital through growth, dividends and share repurchases, while considering the need to maintain a strong capital position.

The following table presents selected financial performance highlights for the periods indicated:

TABLE 1: Financial Performance Highlights


(Dollars in thousands, except for per share data)	Year Ended December 31,
	2021			2020			2019
Net Income (Loss):
Community Banking	$	14,085		$	6,147		$	9,915
Mortgage Banking		7,683			10,736			3,773
Consumer Finance		9,960			7,612			6,868
Other		(2,605)			(2,071)			(1,706)
Consolidated net income	$	29,123		$	22,424		$	18,850

Adjusted net income¹	$	30,011		$	22,431		$	19,503

Earnings per share - basic and diluted	$	7.95		$	6.06		$	5.47
Adjusted earnings per share - basic and diluted¹	$	8.20		$	6.06		$	5.66

Return on average equity		14.77	%		12.54	%		12.02	%
Adjusted return on average equity¹		15.22	%		12.54	%		12.44	%
Return on average assets		1.34	%		1.14	%		1.20	%
Adjusted return on average assets¹		1.38	%		1.14	%		1.25	%

¹	Refer to “Use of Certain Non-GAAP Financial Measures,” below, for information about these non-GAAP financial measures, including a reconciliation to the most directly comparable financial measures calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Consolidated net income for the Corporation was $29.1 million in 2021, or $7.95 per share assuming dilution, compared to $22.4 million in 2020, or $6.06 per share assuming dilution, and $18.9 million in 2019, or $5.47 per share assuming dilution. The Corporation’s ROE and ROA were 14.77 percent and 1.34 percent, respectively, for 2021,

Table of Contents

compared to 12.54 percent and 1.14 percent, respectively, for 2020 and 12.02 percent and 1.20 percent, respectively, for 2019.

The Corporation uses adjusted net income, which is a non-GAAP measure of financial performance, to provide meaningful information about operating performance by excluding the effects of certain items that management does not expect to have an ongoing impact on consolidated net income. Adjusted net income for 2021, 2020 and 2019 excludes the effects of charges related to pension settlement accounting, a gain upon sale of a pool of purchased credit impaired (PCI) loans, charges related to early repayment of borrowings, merger related expenses incurred in connection with the Corporation’s acquisition of Peoples Bankshares, Incorporated (Peoples), branch consolidation activity, and changes in tax law. Excluding the effects of these items, adjusted net income for 2021 was $30.0 million, or $8.20 per share, compared to $22.4 million, or $6.06 per share, for 2020 and $19.5 million, or $5.66 per share, for 2019. Adjusted ROE and adjusted ROA were 15.22 percent and 1.38 percent, respectively, for 2021, compared to 12.54 percent and 1.14 percent, respectively, for 2020 and 12.44 percent and 1.25 percent, respectively, for 2019.

Consolidated net income and earnings per share increased 29.9 percent and 31.2 percent, respectively, for 2021, compared to 2020. Adjusted net income and adjusted earnings per share increased 33.8 percent and 35.3 percent, respectively, for 2021, compared to 2020. The increase in consolidated net income and adjusted net income for 2021 compared to 2020 is due primarily to higher net income of the community banking segment and consumer finance segment, partially offset by lower net income at the mortgage banking segment. The increase in earnings per share and adjusted earnings per share for 2021 compared to 2020 is due primarily to higher net income and fewer shares outstanding, primarily as a result of share repurchases.

A discussion of the performance of our business segments is included under the heading “Business Segments” in the “Results of Operations” section of this discussion and analysis.

Key factors affecting comparisons of consolidated net income for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 are as follows. Comparisons are to the prior year unless otherwise stated.

●

Average loans outstanding at the community banking segment, excluding Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) loans, increased 4.4 percent;

●

Average loans outstanding at the consumer finance segment increased 8.6 percent;

●

The Corporation recorded net provision for loan losses of $575,000 for 2021 on a consolidated basis, as additional reserves related to loan growth were partially offset by reserve releases at both the consumer finance and community banking segments. This represents a decrease in the provision for loan losses of $10.5 million;

●

Interest expense decreased $5.0 million due primarily to lower rates and balances of time deposits and a shift in funding to lower cost deposits;

●

The community banking segment recognized net origination fees related to PPP loans of $4.1 million for 2021, primarily as a result of PPP loans that were forgiven or repaid, compared to $1.6 million;

●

Consolidated net interest margin was 4.26 percent for 2021, compared to 4.65 percent;

●

The consumer finance segment experienced net recoveries at an annualized rate of 0.14 percent of average total loans for 2021, compared to net charge-offs of 1.54 percent, due primarily to continued improvement in the credit quality of purchased loans, borrowers benefitting from the effects of government stimulus programs during 2021 and 2020, and elevated values for used automobiles during 2021, which result in lower charge-offs upon sale of repossessed automobiles;

●

The consumer finance segment’s average loan yield declined due to continued competition for non-prime auto loans and growth in higher quality, lower-yielding loans, including prime marine and recreational vehicle loans;

●

Mortgage banking segment net income decreased 28 percent, as mortgage loan originations decreased 18 percent as compared to the record loan production experienced in 2020;

●

C&F Bank amended its cash balance pension plan and closed the plan to new entrants hired after December 31, 2021. The amendment is expected to result in lower expense related to the cash balance pension plan as the number of active participants decreases over time. Separately, the community banking segment recorded a non-cash pension settlement charge of $1.3 million in connection with certain lump sum benefit payments during the year ended December 31, 2021;

Table of Contents

●

In 2020, the community banking segment sold a pool of PCI loans, recognizing a gain of $3.5 million;

●

In 2020, the community banking segment voluntarily repaid certain borrowings prior to their maturity, incurring early repayment charges of $2.2 million; and

●

In 2020, the Corporation recorded merger related expenses of $1.4 million.

Consolidated net income and earnings per share increased 19.0 percent and 10.8 percent, respectively, for 2020, compared to 2019. Adjusted net income and adjusted earnings per share increased 15.0 percent and 7.1 percent, respectively, for 2020, compared to 2019. The increase in adjusted earnings per share for 2020 compared to 2019 was due primarily to higher mortgage banking segment net income, partially offset by higher provision for loan losses at the community banking segment, and the issuance of 209,871 shares of common stock in connection with the acquisition of Peoples.

Capital Management and Dividends

Total equity was $211.0 million at December 31, 2021, compared to $194.5 million at December 31, 2020. Capital growth resulted primarily from earnings for the year ended December 31, 2021, which was partially offset by share repurchases and cash dividends during 2021. Under regulatory capital standards, the Corporation’s tier I capital and total capital ratios at December 31, 2021 were 13.0 percent and 15.8 percent, respectively, compared to 12.5 percent and 15.2 percent, respectively, at December 31, 2020.

The Corporation’s Board of Directors continued its historical practice of paying dividends in 2021. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Corporation declared dividends of $1.58 per share. Annual dividends per share increased 3.9 percent over dividends of $1.52 per share declared in 2020. The Board of Directors of the Corporation continually reviews the amount of cash dividends per share and the resulting dividend payout ratio in light of changes in economic conditions, current and future capital levels and requirements and expected future earnings. In making its decision on the payment of dividends on the Corporation’s common stock, the Corporation’s Board of Directors considers operating results, financial condition, capital adequacy, regulatory requirements, shareholder returns, and other factors.

In November 2020, the Board of Directors of the Corporation authorized a program, effective November 17, 2020, to repurchase up to 365,000 shares of the Corporation’s common stock through November 30, 2021 (the 2020 Repurchase Program). During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Corporation repurchased $7.2 million of its common stock under the 2020 Repurchase Program. At the expiration of the 2020 Repurchase Program, the Corporation had made aggregate common stock repurchases of 151,538 shares for an aggregate cost of $7.5 million under that program.

On November 16, 2021, the Board of Directors of the Corporation authorized a new program, effective December 1, 2021, to repurchase up to $10.0 million of the Corporation’s common stock through November 30, 2022 (the 2021 Repurchase Program). Repurchases under the 2021 Repurchase Program may be made through privately negotiated transactions or open market transactions, including pursuant to a trading plan in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 and/or Rule 10b-18 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and shares repurchased will be returned to the status of authorized and unissued shares of common stock. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Corporation repurchased 1,106 shares, or $56,000, of its common stock under the 2021 Repurchase Program.

At December 31, 2021, the book value per share of the Corporation’s common stock was $59.32, and tangible book value per share, a non-GAAP measure, was $51.66, compared to $52.80 and $45.32, respectively, at December 31, 2020. Refer to “Use of Certain Non-GAAP Financial Measures,” below, for information about non-GAAP financial measures, including a reconciliation to the most directly comparable financial measures calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Acquisition of Peoples Bankshares, Incorporated

On January 1, 2020, the Corporation completed the acquisition of Peoples and its banking subsidiary, Peoples Community Bank for an aggregate purchase price of $22.2 million of cash and stock. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Corporation recorded merger related expenses of $1.4 million ($1.1 million after income taxes), of which $1.3 million (1.0 million after income taxes) was allocated to the community banking segment and $100,000 ($100,000 after

Table of Contents

income taxes) was recorded as a holding company expense. For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Corporation recorded merger related expenses of $709,000 ($653,000 after income taxes), of which $236,000 ($196,000 after income taxes) was allocated to the community banking segment and the remainder was recorded as a holding company expense. In the aggregate, in connection with the acquisition of Peoples, the Corporation recorded merger related expenses of $2.1 million ($1.8 million after income taxes). There were no merger related expenses in the year ended December 31, 2021.

2022 Outlook

Management’s overall outlook for 2022 is positive as a result of the continued successes of our diversified business strategy and initiatives underway at each of our business segments; however, we will continue to face numerous ongoing challenges in 2022, including the COVID-19 pandemic, economic uncertainty and inflation, cyber security risks and increased competition in our markets due to increased adoption of digital platforms and the impact of data-driven commerce. The following additional factors could influence our financial performance in 2022:

●

Community Banking: Growing our loan portfolio will continue to be our primary focus at the Bank during 2022. Despite the issues faced during 2020 and 2021, our lending team continued to focus on commercial lending, which contributed to growth in our commercial loan portfolio during 2021 despite significant repayments of PPP loans. Our asset quality remains strong at December 31, 2021, but numerous factors related to the COVID-19 pandemic, rising interest rates and continuing inflationary pressures may indicate risks of deterioration in credit quality across the industry in future periods. In 2022, we will continue to expand our digital services, further leverage the Northern Neck market gained from the Peoples acquisition, focus on growing our deposits in markets that have higher business and population growth metrics, and strive to improve our operational efficiency.

●

Mortgage Banking: C&F Mortgage generates significant noninterest income from the origination and sale of residential loan products into the secondary market. In 2021, the housing market remained very strong and interest rates remained near historic lows. Revenue from mortgage lender services offered through C&F Mortgage’s Lender Solutions division continued to increase due to new customers and higher loan production volume. Loan production and revenue in 2022 are highly uncertain and will depend on economic conditions and market factors beyond our control, including interest rates, housing inventory and loan demand. In addition, during 2022, C&F Mortgage anticipates it will continue to (1) compete to retain and attract qualified loan officers, (2) invest in technology to further enhance our fully digital application and document collection process and (3) grow our Lender Solutions division.

●

Consumer Finance: C&F Finance provides automobile financing through programs that are designed to serve customers in the non-prime sector and marine and RV financing for borrowers in the prime sector. In 2021, record new loan volume was driven by consumer demand and our competitive business model. During 2020 and 2021, credit quality has consistently improved as we remain committed to pursue higher quality loan contracts and due to elevated values for used automobiles during 2021, which result in lower charge-offs upon sale of repossessed automobiles. In 2022, C&F Finance plans to continue to effectively diversify its business by generating higher quality automobile loan contracts and grow its marine and RV lending business. We anticipate that used automobile values may recede in the future from recent historical levels and that loan performance may deteriorate now that government stimulus programs that assisted many consumers during the COVID-19 pandemic have ended, both of which may lead to higher charge-offs of non-prime automobile loans.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions. Those accounting policies with the greatest uncertainty and that require management’s most difficult, subjective or complex judgments affecting the application of these policies, and the greatest likelihood that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions, or using different assumptions, are described below.

Table of Contents

Allowance for Loan Losses: We establish the allowance for loan losses through charges to earnings in the form of a provision for loan losses. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when we believe that the collection of the principal is unlikely. Subsequent recoveries of losses previously charged against the allowance are credited to the allowance. The allowance represents an amount that, in our judgment, will be adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Our judgment in determining the level of the allowance is based on evaluations of the collectibility of loans while taking into consideration such factors as trends in delinquencies and charge-offs for relevant periods of time, changes in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions that may affect a borrower’s ability to repay and the value of collateral, overall portfolio quality and review of specific potential losses. This evaluation is inherently subjective because it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. In evaluating the level of the allowance, we consider a range of possible assumptions and outcomes related to the various factors identified above. Under alternative assumptions that we considered in developing our estimate of an allowance that will be adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio at December 31, 2021, our estimate of the allowance varied between $36 million and $41 million.

Impairment of Loans: We consider a loan impaired when it is probable that the Corporation will be unable to collect all interest and principal payments as scheduled in the loan agreement. We do not consider a loan impaired during a period of delay in payment if we expect the ultimate collection of all amounts due. We measure impairment on a loan-by-loan basis based on either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. We maintain a valuation allowance to the extent that the measure of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan. All troubled debt restructurings (TDRs) are also considered impaired loans and are evaluated individually. A TDR occurs when we agree to significantly modify the original terms of a loan by granting a concession due to deterioration in the financial condition of the borrower. For more information see the section titled “Asset Quality” within this Item 7.

Loans Acquired in a Business Combination: Acquired loans are classified as either (i) PCI loans or (ii) purchased performing loans and are recorded at fair value on the date of acquisition.

PCI loans are those for which there is evidence of credit deterioration since origination and for which it is probable at the date of acquisition that the Corporation will not collect all contractually required principal and interest payments. When determining fair value, PCI loans are aggregated into pools of loans based on common risk characteristics as of the date of acquisition such as loan type, date of origination, and evidence of credit quality deterioration such as internal risk grades and past due and nonaccrual status. The difference between contractually required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition is referred to as the “nonaccretable difference.” Any excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value is referred to as the “accretable yield” and is recognized as interest income over the remaining life of the loan when there is a reasonable expectation about the amount and timing of such cash flows.

On a quarterly basis, we evaluate our estimate of cash flows expected to be collected on PCI loans. Estimates of cash flows for PCI loans require significant judgment. Subsequent decreases to the expected cash flows will generally result in a provision for loan losses resulting in an increase to the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent significant increases in cash flows may result in a reversal of post-acquisition provision for loan losses or a transfer from nonaccretable difference to accretable yield that increases interest income over the remaining life of the loan, or pool(s) of loans. Disposals of loans, which may include sale of loans to third parties, receipt of payments in full or in part from the borrower or foreclosure of the collateral, result in removal of the loan from the PCI loan portfolio at its carrying amount.

PCI loans are not classified as nonperforming by the Corporation at the time they are acquired, regardless of whether they had been classified as nonperforming by the previous holder of such loans, and they will not be classified as nonperforming so long as, at quarterly re-estimation periods, we believe we will fully collect the new carrying value of the pools of loans.

The Corporation accounts for purchased performing loans using the contractual cash flows method of recognizing discount accretion based on the acquired loans’ contractual cash flows. Purchased performing loans are recorded at fair

Table of Contents

value, including a credit discount. The fair value discount is accreted as an adjustment to yield over the estimated lives of the loans. There is no allowance for loan losses established at the acquisition date for purchased performing loans. A provision for loan losses may be required for any deterioration in these loans in future periods.

Goodwill: The Corporation's goodwill was recognized in connection with past business combinations and is reported at the community banking segment and the consumer finance segment. The Corporation reviews the carrying value of goodwill at least annually or more frequently if certain impairment indicators exist. In testing goodwill for impairment, the Corporation may first consider qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances lead to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of events and circumstances, we conclude that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then no further testing is required and the goodwill of the reporting unit is not impaired. If the Corporation elects to bypass the qualitative assessment or if we conclude that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then the fair value of the reporting unit is compared with its carrying value to determine whether an impairment exists. In the last evaluation of goodwill at the community banking segment and the consumer finance segment, which was the annual evaluation in the fourth quarter of 2021, the Corporation concluded that no impairment existed based on an assessment of qualitative factors.

Income Taxes: Determining the Corporation’s effective tax rate requires judgment. The Corporation’s net deferred tax asset is determined annually based on temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. In addition, there may be transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax outcomes are uncertain and the Corporation’s tax returns are subject to audit by various tax authorities. Although we believe that estimates related to income taxes are reasonable, no assurance can be given that the final tax outcome will not be materially different than that which is reflected in the consolidated financial statements.

For further information concerning accounting policies, refer to Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” under the heading “Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.”

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

NET INTEREST INCOME

The following table shows the average balance sheets, the amounts of interest earned on earning assets, with related yields, and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, with related rates, for each of the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019. Loans include loans held for sale. Loans placed on a nonaccrual status are included in the balances and are included in the computation of yields, but had no material effect. Accretion and amortization of fair value purchase adjustments related to business combinations are included in the computation of yields on loans and investments and on the costs of deposits and borrowings. The accretion contributed approximately 26 basis points and 18 basis points to the yields on community banking segment loans and total loans, respectively, and 13 basis points to both the yield on interest earning assets and net interest margin for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to approximately 34 basis points and 23 basis points to the yields on community banking segment loans and total loans, respectively, and 18 basis points to both the yield on interest earning assets and net interest margin for the year ended December 31, 2020, and approximately 44 basis points and 29 basis points to the yields on community banking segment loans and total loans, respectively, and 23 basis points to both the yield on interest earning assets and net interest margin for the year ended December 31, 2019. The yield on loans includes, with respect to PPP loans, interest at a note rate of one percent as well as net deferred origination fees that are amortized based on the contractual maturity of the related loan or accelerated into interest income upon repayment of the loan. Accretion of net PPP origination fees contributed approximately 39 basis points and 27 basis points to the yields on community banking segment loans and total loans, respectively, and 20 basis points to both the yield on interest earning assets and net interest margin for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to approximately 16 basis points and 11 basis points to the yields on community banking segment loans and total loans, respectively, and 9 basis points to both the yield on interest earning assets and net interest margin for the year ended December 31, 2020. Interest on tax-exempt loans and securities is presented on a taxable-equivalent basis (which converts the income on loans

Table of Contents

and investments for which no income taxes are paid to the equivalent yield as if income taxes were paid) using the federal corporate income tax rate of 21 percent that was applicable for all periods presented.

TABLE 2: Average Balances, Income and Expense, Yields and Rates


	2021						2020						2019
	Average		Income/		Yield/		Average		Income/		Yield/		Average		Income/		Yield/
(Dollars in thousands)	Balance		Expense		Rate		Balance		Expense		Rate		Balance		Expense		Rate
Assets
Securities:
Taxable	$	258,138	$	3,678	1.42	%	$	160,974	$	3,224	2.00	%	$	131,778	$	3,202	2.43	%
Tax-exempt		80,518		2,123	2.64			81,154		2,511	3.09			71,531		2,671	3.73
Total securities		338,656		5,801	1.71			242,128		5,735	2.37			203,309		5,873	2.89
Loans:
Community banking segment		1,037,285		46,567	4.49			995,726		47,251	4.75			779,207		43,472	5.58
Mortgage banking segment		133,453		3,845	2.88			171,017		4,954	2.90			68,297		2,699	3.95
Consumer finance segment		334,565		37,803	11.30			307,991		38,949	12.65			307,141		41,390	13.48
Total loans		1,505,303		88,215	5.86			1,474,734		91,154	6.18			1,154,645		87,561	7.58
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks		173,050		254	0.15			92,973		713	0.77			110,638		2,179	1.97
Total earning assets		2,017,009		94,270	4.67			1,809,835		97,602	5.39			1,468,592		95,613	6.51
Allowance for loan losses		(39,582)						(35,983)						(33,733)
Total non-earning assets		189,992						192,447						130,569
Total assets	$	2,167,419					$	1,966,299					$	1,565,428

Liabilities and Equity
Interest-bearing deposits:
Interest-bearing demand deposits	$	303,368		492	0.16		$	260,478		551	0.21		$	218,394		1,168	0.53
Money market deposit accounts		318,537		802	0.25			260,342		952	0.37			199,840		1,020	0.51
Savings accounts		208,506		115	0.06			163,763		111	0.07			120,644		110	0.09
Certificates of deposit		448,922		4,028	0.90			490,301		8,020	1.64			392,544		6,796	3.44
Total interest-bearing deposits		1,279,333		5,437	0.42			1,174,884		9,634	0.82			931,422		9,094	0.98
Borrowings:
Repurchase agreements		27,359		128	0.47			19,469		115	0.59			15,533		162	1.04
Other borrowings		55,793		2,794	5.01			109,889		3,633	3.31			144,794		5,300	3.66
Total borrowings		83,152		2,922	3.51			129,358		3,748	2.90			160,327		5,462	3.41
Total interest-bearing liabilities		1,362,485		8,359	0.61			1,304,242		13,382	1.03			1,091,749		14,556	1.33
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits		556,801						431,789						283,505
Other liabilities		50,929						51,406						33,364
Total liabilities		1,970,215						1,787,437						1,408,618
Equity		197,204						178,862						156,810
Total liabilities and equity	$	2,167,419					$	1,966,299					$	1,565,428
Net interest income			$	85,911					$	84,220					$	81,057
Interest rate spread					4.06	%					4.36	%					5.18	%
Interest expense to average earning assets					0.41	%					0.74	%					0.99	%
Net interest margin					4.26	%					4.65	%					5.52	%

Interest income and expense are affected by fluctuations in interest rates, by changes in the volume of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and by the interaction of rate and volume factors. The following table shows the direct causes of the year-to-year changes in the components of net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis. The Corporation calculates the rate and volume variances using a formula prescribed by the SEC. Rate/volume variances, the third element in the calculation, are not shown separately in the table, but are allocated to the rate and volume variances in proportion to the absolute dollar amounts of each.

Table of Contents

TABLE 3: Rate-Volume Recap


	2021 from 2020						2020 from 2019
	Increase (Decrease)				Total		Increase (Decrease)				Total
	Due to				Increase		Due to				Increase
(Dollars in thousands)	Rate		Volume		(Decrease)		Rate		Volume		(Decrease)
Interest income:
Loans:
Community banking segment	$	(2,628)	$	1,944	$	(684)	$	(7,107)	$	10,886	$	3,779
Mortgage banking segment		(34)		(1,075)		(1,109)		(880)		3,135		2,255
Consumer finance segment		(4,352)		3,206		(1,146)		(2,556)		115		(2,441)
Securities:
Taxable		(1,114)		1,568		454		(620)		642		22
Tax-exempt		(368)		(20)		(388)		(492)		332		(160)
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks		(817)		358		(459)		(1,162)		(304)		(1,466)
Total interest income		(9,313)		5,981		(3,332)		(12,817)		14,806		1,989
Interest expense:
Interest-bearing deposits:
Interest-bearing demand deposits		(141)		82		(59)		(806)		189		(617)
Money market deposit accounts		(343)		193		(150)		(326)		258		(68)
Savings accounts		(20)		24		4		(29)		30		1
Certificates of deposit		(3,363)		(629)		(3,992)		(394)		1,618		1,224
Total interest-bearing deposits		(3,867)		(330)		(4,197)		(1,555)		2,095		540
Borrowings:
Repurchase agreements		(27)		40		13		34		(81)		(47)
Other borrowings		1,400		(2,239)		(839)		(782)		(885)		(1,667)
Total interest expense		(2,494)		(2,529)		(5,023)		(2,303)		1,129		(1,174)
Change in net interest income	$	(6,819)	$	8,510	$	1,691	$	(10,514)	$	13,677	$	3,163

Net interest income, on a taxable-equivalent basis, for 2021 increased to $85.9 million, compared to $84.2 million for 2020, primarily as a result of lower cost of deposits, higher accretion of net PPP origination fees and using deposit growth to fund higher average balances of loans and securities and repayment of borrowings, partially offset by lower yields on interest earning assets. The yield on interest-earning assets and cost of interest-bearing liabilities decreased by 72 basis points and 42 basis points, respectively, for 2021, compared to 2020. Average earning assets grew $207.2 million, or 11.5 percent, in 2021 compared to 2020, and net interest margin decreased 39 basis points to 4.26 percent in 2021, compared to 4.65 percent in 2020. The net interest margin decline for 2021 as compared to 2020 was due primarily to (1) lower average yields on loans and other earning assets and (2) growth in lower yielding securities and cash reserves outpacing loan growth, partially offset by (1) lower average cost of deposits (including growth in noninterest-bearing deposits) and (2) using lower cost deposits to fund growth in loans and securities and repay borrowings.

Average loans, which includes both loans held for investment and loans held for sale, increased $30.6 million to $1.51 billion for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to 2020. Average loans held for investment at the community banking segment increased $41.6 million, or 4.2 percent, for 2021, compared to 2020. Average loans held for investment at the community banking segment included $60.5 million and $59.7 million of average balances of loans originated under the PPP for 2021 and 2020, respectively. The remaining increase in average loans outstanding at the community banking segment for 2021 compared to 2020 was due primarily to growth in the commercial real estate segment of the loan portfolio. Average loans held for investment at the consumer finance segment increased $26.6 million, or 8.6 percent, for 2021, compared to 2020 due to higher average balances of marine and RV loans, due to the continued expansion of the consumer finance segment’s purchases of those loan contracts, and higher average balances of non-prime automobile loans, due to higher loan originations resulting from greater demand for used automobiles and higher loan amounts. Average loans at the mortgage banking segment, which consist primarily of loans held for sale, decreased $37.6 million, or 22.0 percent, for 2021, compared to 2020, as a result of lower mortgage loan production volume and reducing the average holding period for loans held for sale, in 2021, compared to 2020, due to lower volume and increased capacity for the processing and sale of loans.

The overall yield on loans decreased 32 basis points to 5.86 percent for 2021, compared to 2020, due primarily to lower average yields at the consumer finance and community banking segments, partially offset by changes in the

Table of Contents

composition of the loan portfolio, as growth in higher-yielding loans at the consumer finance segment outpaced growth in lower-yielding loans at the community banking segment. The community banking segment average loan yield decreased 26 basis points to 4.49 percent for 2021, compared to 2020, due primarily to lower market interest rates, especially on commercial real estate loans, and lower interest income on PCI loans, partially offset by higher accretion of net PPP origination fees. The average loan yield for the community banking segment includes, with respect to PPP loans, interest at a note rate of one percent as well as net deferred origination fees that are amortized based on the contractual maturity of the related loan or accelerated into interest income upon repayment of the loan. Net PPP origination fees recognized in 2021 were $4.1 million, compared to $1.6 million in 2020, and there were unrecognized net deferred PPP origination fees at December 31, 2021 of $679,000, which are expected to be recognized in 2022. The recognition of interest income on PCI loans, which were acquired in connection with past mergers and acquisitions, is based on management’s expectation of future payments of principal and interest, which are inherently uncertain. Earlier than expected repayments of certain PCI loans resulted in the recognition of additional interest income during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. Interest income recognized on PCI loans was $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 and $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The consumer finance segment average loan yield decreased 135 basis points to 11.30 percent for 2021, compared to 2020, due to purchases of loan contracts at lower yields than the portfolio average yield, partially as a result of lower interest rates for non-prime automobile loans and the consumer finance segment continuing to pursue loan contracts of higher credit quality, including prime marine and RV loans. The mortgage banking segment average loan yield decreased 2 basis points to 2.88 percent, as mortgage interest rates decreased throughout 2020 (although mortgage interest rates also began to rise in 2021).

Average securities available for sale increased $96.5 million for 2021, compared to 2020, due primarily to higher purchases of securities. The average yield on the securities portfolio on a taxable-equivalent basis decreased 66 basis points for 2021, compared to 2020, due to purchases of securities in 2020 and 2021 at lower average yields relative to the average yield of the portfolio as a whole, increased calls of securities that were issued during periods of higher market interest rates and accelerated amortization of premiums on mortgage-backed securities as a result of increased prepayment activity.

Average interest-bearing deposits in other banks, consisting primarily of excess cash reserves maintained at the Federal Reserve Bank, increased $80.1 million during 2021, compared to 2020, due primarily to excess liquidity resulting from deposit growth and decreases in loans held for sale. The average yield on these overnight funds decreased 62 basis points for 2021, compared to 2020. The Federal Reserve Bank decreased the interest rate on excess cash reserve balances from 1.55 percent at the end of 2019 to 0.10 percent by the end of 2020 in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, and increased the interest rate to 0.15 percent by the end of 2021.

Average money market, savings and interest-bearing demand deposits increased $145.8 million for 2021, compared to 2020, and average time deposits decreased $41.4 million for 2021, compared to 2020. Average noninterest-bearing demand deposits increased $125.0 million for 2021, compared to 2020. Higher average deposit balances are due primarily to growth in consumer and business deposits primarily as a result of new accounts and liquidity from government stimulus programs. The average cost of interest-bearing deposits decreased 40 basis points for 2021, compared to 2020, due primarily to lower rates on time deposits and a shift in composition toward non-time deposits. Offered rates on interest-bearing deposit accounts were reduced in response to changes in market interest rates beginning in March 2020. While changes in rates take effect immediately for interest checking, money market and savings accounts, changes in the average cost of time deposits lag changes in pricing based on the repricing of time deposits at maturity. Rates on outstanding time deposits continued to decrease during 2021 as accounts at higher rates matured.

Average borrowings decreased $46.2 million for 2021, compared to 2020, due primarily to the repayment of long-term borrowings in 2020, partially offset by the issuance of $20.0 million of subordinated notes by the Corporation and increases in balances of repurchase agreements with commercial deposit customers. The average cost of borrowings increased 61 basis points during 2021 compared to 2020, due primarily to the higher cost of the subordinated notes relative to the borrowings that were repaid.

The Corporation believes that it may be challenging to maintain net interest margin at its current level based on the effects of (1) continued pressure on loan yields at the community banking segment and consumer finance segment related

Table of Contents

to the current environment of low interest rates and competition for loans, (2) the temporary effect on loan yields of recognition of net PPP origination fees, (3) possible changes in the composition of earning assets which may result from decreased loan demand as a result of the current economic environment (4) lower accretion of purchase discounts on loans related to acquisitions, which is included in yields on loans and (5) lower mortgage loan production and therefore lower average loans held for sale at the mortgage banking segment. However, if market interest rates rise to a meaningful degree in 2022, as some financial markets predict, the Corporation may benefit from higher yields on certain interest earning assets, which would be expected to outpace any increases in the cost of interest bearing liabilities.

Discussion of net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2019 has been omitted as such discussion was provided in Part II, Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis,” under the heading “Net Interest Income” in the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020, which was filed with the SEC on March 3, 2021, and is incorporated herein by reference.

NONINTEREST INCOME

TABLE 4: Noninterest Income


	Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2021		2020		2019
Gains on sales of loans	$	22,279	$	29,224	$	10,603
Mortgage banking fee income		6,482		7,713		4,700
Interchange income		5,740		4,768		4,203
Service charges on deposit accounts		3,718		3,357		3,923
Wealth management services income, net		2,761		2,618		2,029
Mortgage lender services income		2,492		2,176		390
Other service charges and fees		1,585		1,551		1,496
Net gains on sales, maturities and calls of available for sale securities		42		38		10
Other income, net		4,064		3,162		4,089
Total noninterest income	$	49,163	$	54,607	$	31,443

Total noninterest income decreased $5.4 million, or 10.0 percent, for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020. The decrease in noninterest income was due primarily to decreases in gains on sales of loans and mortgage banking fee income, partially offset by (1) increased debit card interchange income and service charges on deposit accounts at the community banking segment, (2) increased mortgage lender services income primarily as a result of new customers at the mortgage banking segment (3) a decrease in asset write-downs, included in other income, net, at the community banking segment and (4) higher income recognized in connection with investments in small business investment company funds, included in other income, net, at the community banking segment. Gains on sales of loans decreased as a result of lower mortgage loan production at the mortgage banking segment, which was partially offset by higher margins on loans sold, and the sale of a pool of PCI loans in 2020, which resulted in a gain of $3.5 million at the community banking segment. Asset write-downs at the community banking segment in 2020 included $298,000 of merger related costs recognized in connection with disposition of assets acquired from Peoples and $281,000 related to branch consolidation.

Discussion of noninterest income for the year ended December 31, 2019 has been omitted as such discussion was provided in Part II, Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis,” under the heading “Noninterest Income” in the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020, which was filed with the SEC on March 3, 2021, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Table of Contents

NONINTEREST EXPENSE

TABLE 5: Noninterest Expense


	Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2021		2020		2019
Salaries and employee benefits	$	58,581	$	57,668	$	47,201
Occupancy expense		8,859		8,639		7,912
Early debt repayment charges		—		2,197		—
Other expenses:
Data processing		11,088		10,916		8,958
Mortgage banking loan processing expenses		3,128		3,235		1,666
Professional fees		3,066		3,046		3,265
Other real estate (gain)/loss and expense, net		(379)		213		58
Other components of net periodic pension cost		161		(810)		(569)
Other expenses		11,371		12,735		10,959
Total other expenses		28,435		29,335		24,337
Total noninterest expense	$	95,875	$	97,839	$	79,450

Total noninterest expense decreased $2.0 million, or 2.0 percent, for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020. The decrease in noninterest expenses was due primarily to (1) early debt repayment charges at the community banking segment in 2020 incurred in connection with the voluntary early repayment of FHLB advances, (2) merger related expenses in 2020, and (3) provision for indemnifications at the mortgage banking segment, included in “Other expenses,” of $881,000 for 2020 compared to reversal of provision for indemnifications of $104,000 in 2021, partially offset by (1) a non-cash charge of $1.3 million related to pension settlement accounting at the community banking segment in 2021, as a result of lump sum distributions under the normal terms of C&F Bank’s cash balance pension plan during the year that exceeded the threshold for settlement accounting and (2) higher salaries and employee benefits expense, primarily at the mortgage banking segment.

There were no merger related expenses for the year ended December 31, 2021. Merger related expenses for the year ended December 31, 2020 included $1.4 million, of which $501,000 was data processing expense, $336,000 was professional fees expense, $119,000 was salaries and employee benefits expense, $81,000 was occupancy expense, and $61,000 was included in all other noninterest expenses, while $298,000 was a loss on disposition of assets and was recorded in noninterest income. Merger related expenses for the year ended December 31, 2019 included $709,000, of which $614,000 was professional fees expense, $50,000 was data processing expense and $45,000 was included in all other noninterest expenses.

Discussion of noninterest expense for the year ended December 31, 2019 has been omitted as such discussion was provided in Part II, Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis,” under the heading “Noninterest Expense” in the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020, which was filed with the SEC on March 3, 2021, and is incorporated herein by reference.

INCOME TAXES

Income tax expense on 2021 earnings was $9.0 million, resulting in an effective tax rate of 23.5 percent, compared with $6.8 million, or 23.3 percent, in 2020 and $5.1 million, or 21.2 percent, in 2019. The Corporation recognized income tax benefits of $326,000 in 2020 arising from a change in tax law enacted in response to the COVID-19 pandemic which changed the tax rate applied to certain net operating losses related to prior tax years of Peoples. The effects of changes in tax law are recognized in income tax expense in the period in which the changes are enacted. The Corporation’s consolidated effective tax rate was also affected by tax benefits of tax-exempt interest income that was lower as a percentage of pre-tax income in 2021 compared to 2020 and an increase in nondeductible executive compensation due to incentive based compensation and the timing of deferred compensation arrangements, partially offset by lower state

Table of Contents

income taxes in 2021, as a greater share of income before taxes was earned at C&F Bank, which is not subject to state income tax, and income tax benefits recorded in 2021 related to branch consolidation activities of $107,000.

Discussion of income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2019 has been omitted as such discussion was provided in Part II, Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis,” under the heading “Income Taxes” in the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020, which was filed with the SEC on March 3, 2021, and is incorporated herein by reference.

BUSINESS SEGMENTS

The Corporation operates in a decentralized manner in three business segments: community banking, mortgage banking and consumer finance. An overview of the financial results for each of the Corporation’s business segments is presented below.

Community Banking: Beginning with the first quarter of 2021, the community banking segment comprises C&F Bank and C&F Wealth Management. Prior to the first quarter of 2021, the segment comprised only C&F Bank, and prior periods have been restated to conform to the current period presentation. The following table presents the community banking segment operating results for the periods indicated.

TABLE 6: Community Banking Segment Operating Results


	Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2021		2020		2019
Interest income	$	62,402	$	62,173	$	59,465
Interest expense		5,693		10,630		10,181
Net interest income		56,709		51,543		49,284
Provision for loan losses		(200)		4,600		360
Net interest income after provision for loan losses		56,909		46,943		48,924
Noninterest income:
Gain on sales of loans		—		3,489		—
Interchange income		5,740		4,768		4,203
Service charges on deposit accounts		3,740		3,357		3,923
Investment services income		2,761		2,618		2,029
Other income, net		2,967		2,153		2,913
Total noninterest income		15,208		16,385		13,068
Noninterest expense:
Salaries and employee benefits		32,156		32,337		29,634
Occupancy expense		6,705		6,386		5,812
Data processing		7,824		7,330		6,682
Other real estate loss/(gain) and expense, net		(379)		213		58
Other expenses		8,675		10,504		7,557
Total noninterest expenses		54,981		56,770		49,743
Income before income taxes		17,136		6,558		12,249
Income tax expense		3,051		411		1,964
Net income	$	14,085	$	6,147	$	10,285

The community banking segment reported net income of $14.1 million and $6.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The increase in community banking segment net income for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 was due primarily to:

●

lower provision for loan losses,

●

lower interest expense due to lower average cost of deposits and lower average borrowings,

●

$2.5 million higher net PPP origination fee income, included in interest income,

Table of Contents

●

$2.2 million of early repayment charges in 2020 related to FHLB advances,

●

$1.3 million of merger related expenses in 2020,

●

higher average balances of loans,

●

$1.4 million higher income from debit card interchange, overdraft and account maintenance fees,

●

a gain of $399,000 related to the sale of an other real estate owned (OREO) property in 2021, and

●

income tax benefits of branch consolidation activity in 2021 compared to branch consolidation charges in 2020;

partially offset by:

●

lower average yields on loans, securities and cash reserves,

●

a $3.5 million gain on the sale of PCI loans in 2020,

●

a $1.3 million pension settlement charge in 2021,

●

higher operating costs related to data processing and professional services, as a result of serving a growing number of customers,

●

higher occupancy expense related to two financial centers opened in the third quarter of 2020, and

●

benefits of a change in tax law recognized in 2020.

Adjusted net income for the community banking segment, which excludes the effects of the sale of PCI loans, early repayment charges, pension settlement charges, merger related expenses, branch consolidation activity and certain one-time tax benefits, was $15.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to $6.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. Adjusted net income for the community banking segment increased $8.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 due primarily to the items discussed above.

Net interest income for the community banking segment increased $5.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020. This increase was due primarily to (1) higher average balances of interest earning assets, (2) lower average costs of deposits, resulting from lower rates and a shift in composition toward non-time deposits, and (3) lower interest expense on borrowings, due to lower borrowings outstanding, partially offset by lower yields on loans, securities and excess cash. Comparisons of interest income on loans were significantly impacted by recognition of net PPP origination fees, which was higher for the year ended December 31, 2021 than in the year ended December 31, 2020, and interest income on PCI loans, which was lower for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020. In addition to the effects of these items, higher average advances to fund loans at subsidiaries and loan growth contributed to the increases in interest income on loans for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, partially offset by lower average yields on other loans, especially commercial real estate loans, as a result of changes in interest rates. Higher average advances to subsidiaries resulted primarily from the repayment of a third-party bank line of credit at the consumer finance segment in the second quarter of 2020 that was previously used to fund consumer finance loans. Net PPP origination fees recognized in the year ended December 31, 2021 were $4.1 million, compared to $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. Deferred net PPP origination fees that remained unrecognized at December 31, 2021 were $679,000, which are expected to be recognized in 2022. Interest income recognized on PCI loans was $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 and $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Provision for loan losses for the community banking segment decreased $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, due primarily to qualitative adjustments to reserves due to the COVID-19 pandemic that were recognized in 2020 and a portion of which was released in 2021, as credit deterioration has not yet been experienced to the extent previously anticipated, and improvement in asset quality during 2021, including impaired loans, which were partially offset by provision related to growth in the loan portfolio in 2021. As of December 31, 2021, we have not experienced significant declines in the overall credit quality of the loan portfolio during the COVID-19 pandemic. Management believes that PPP loans and other forms of government stimulus may have delayed and partially mitigated credit deterioration during the COVID-19 pandemic. Management believes that the level of the allowance for loan losses is sufficient to absorb losses inherent in the portfolio. However, if there are further challenges to the economic recovery, including a resurgence in COVID-19 cases that leads to economic disruption, additional provision for loan losses may be required in future periods.

There were no merger related expenses in the year ended December 31, 2021. Merger related expenses at the community banking segment of $1.3 million ($1.0 million after income taxes) were recorded in the year ended December

Table of Contents

31, 2020, of which $501,000 was data processing expense, $236,000 was professional fees expense, $119,000 was salaries and employee benefits expense, $81,000 was occupancy expense, $61,000 was included in all other noninterest expenses, and $298,000 was a loss on disposition of assets and was recorded in other noninterest income. Cost savings related to the integration of Peoples were realized primarily in salaries and employee benefits expense.

C&F Bank amended its cash balance pension plan and closed the plan to new entrants hired after December 31, 2021. The amendment is expected to result in lower expense related to the cash balance pension plan as the number of active participants decreases over time. Separately, the community banking segment recorded a non-cash pension settlement charge of $1.3 million ($995,000 after income taxes) in connection with certain lump sum benefit payments during the year ended December 31, 2021.

Branch consolidation activity resulted in income tax benefits recognized during the year ended December 31, 2021 of $107,000 and pre-tax charges of $281,000 ($222,000 after income taxes) recorded in other noninterest income during the year ended December 31, 2020. Income tax benefits of $326,000 were recognized during the year ended December 31, 2020 related to a change in tax law enacted in response to the COVID-19 pandemic which changed the tax rate applied to certain net operating losses related to prior tax years of Peoples.

Discussion of the community banking segment for the year ended December 31, 2019 has been omitted as such discussion was provided in Part II, Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis,” under the heading “Principal Business Segments” in the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020, which was filed with the SEC on March 3, 2021, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Mortgage Banking: The following table presents the mortgage banking operating results for the periods indicated.

TABLE 7: Mortgage Banking Segment Operating Results


	Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2021		2020		2019
Interest income	$	3,845	$	4,954	$	2,699
Interest expense		1,157		1,579		1,618
Net interest income		2,688		3,375		1,081
Provision for loan losses		(45)		10		—
Net interest income after provision for loan losses		2,733		3,365		1,081
Noninterest income:
Gains of sales of loans		22,370		25,792		10,603
Mortgage banking fee income		6,561		7,743		4,700
Mortgage lender services fee income		2,492		2,176		390
Other income		139		66		13
Total noninterest income		31,562		35,777		15,706
Noninterest expense:
Salaries and employee benefits		14,868		13,908		5,965
Occupancy expense		1,464		1,607		1,415
Data processing		1,915		1,828		885
Other expenses		5,081		6,671		3,413
Total noninterest expenses		23,328		24,014		11,678
Income before income taxes		10,967		15,128		5,109
Income tax expense		3,284		4,392		1,336
Net income	$	7,683	$	10,736	$	3,773

The mortgage banking segment reported net income of $7.7 million and $10.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The decrease in mortgage banking segment net income of $3.0 million for the

Table of Contents

year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 was due primarily to (1) lower mortgage loan production volume, which resulted in lower gains on sales of loans and mortgage banking fee income as well as lower expenses related to mortgage loan production, (2) lower interest income due to lower average balances of loans held for sale and (3) higher salaries and benefits expense, primarily as a result of the addition of operations staff during 2020 in response to record origination volume, partially offset by (1) higher average margins on loans originated for resale, (2) lower provision for indemnification losses included in other expenses and (3) higher fee income from mortgage lender services as a result of serving a growing number of third-party lenders.

Discussion of the mortgage banking segment for the year ended December 31, 2019 has been omitted as such discussion was provided in Part II, Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis,” under the heading “Principal Business Segments” in the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020, which was filed with the SEC on March 3, 2021, and is incorporated herein by reference.

The following table presents mortgage loan originations and mortgage loans sold for the periods indicated.

TABLE 8: Mortgage Loan Originations & Mortgage Loans Sold


	Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2021		2020		2019
Mortgage loan originations:
Purchases	$	936,909	$	854,550	$	719,226
Refinancings		522,062		917,512		224,917
Total mortgage loan originations¹	$	1,458,971	$	1,772,062	$	944,143

Mortgage loans sold	$	1,585,829	$	1,653,311	$	896,974

¹	Total mortgage loan originations does not include mortgage lender services.

Mortgage loan originations for the mortgage banking segment decreased 17.7 percent for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, while remaining substantially above mortgage loan origination levels experienced prior to the record levels of 2020. We believe sustained historically low interest rates on mortgage loans and higher demand in the housing market have contributed to continued higher volume in the broader mortgage industry during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. Production of the mortgage banking segment began to moderate beginning in the second quarter of 2021, and appears to have normalized as of December 31, 2021. Refinancings, which increased as a share of mortgage loan originations during 2020 compared to historical levels, declined for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, and purchase volume for the year ended December 31, 2021 has grown compared to the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, which contributed to higher average margins on sales of loans for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020. Gains on sales of loans, while driven in part by mortgage loan originations, also includes the effects of changes in locked loan commitments, which reflect the volume of mortgage loan applications that are in process and have not closed. Locked loan commitments decreased by $115.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2021 and grew by $123.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2020. Locked loan commitments were $83.4 million at December 31, 2021, compared to $198.6 million at December 31, 2020 and $75.1 million at December 31, 2019. Mortgage lender services fee income is derived from providing mortgage origination functions to third-party mortgage lenders. Mortgage lender services volume increased for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 as a result of business with new customers as well as higher volume with existing customers.

Table of Contents

Consumer Finance: The following table presents the consumer finance operating results for the periods indicated.

TABLE 9: Consumer Finance Segment Operating Results


	Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2021		2020		2019
Interest income	$	37,803	$	38,949	$	41,389
Interest expense		9,503		8,726		10,169
Net interest income		28,300		30,223		31,220
Provision for loan losses		820		6,470		8,155
Net interest income after provision for loan losses		27,480		23,753		23,065

Noninterest income		378		492		565
Noninterest expense:
Salaries and employee benefits		8,672		8,716		8,668
Occupancy expense		690		646		685
Data processing		1,326		1,220		1,303
Other expenses		3,525		3,246		3,546
Total noninterest expenses		14,213		13,828		14,202
Income before income taxes		13,645		10,417		9,428
Income tax expense		3,685		2,805		2,560
Net income	$	9,960	$	7,612	$	6,868

The consumer finance segment reported net income of $10.0 million and $7.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The increase in consumer finance segment net income was due primarily to lower provision for loan losses, partially offset by lower net interest income. Interest income decreased $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 due primarily to lower average yields on loans, partially offset by higher average balances of prime marine and RV loans and non-prime auto loans. Average yields decreased as a result of purchases of loan contracts at lower yields than the portfolio average yield, partially due to lower interest rates for non-prime auto loans and the consumer finance segment continuing to pursue loan contracts of higher credit quality, including prime marine and RV loans. Provision for loan losses decreased $5.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, as compared to the same period of 2020 as a result of reserves recognized in 2020 related to the COVID-19 pandemic, a portion of which were released in 2021, and lower charge-offs, partially offset by loan growth in 2021. Charge-offs at the consumer finance segment have continued to decrease as a result of continued improvement in the credit quality of purchased loan contracts, borrowers benefitting from the effects of government stimulus programs in 2021 and 2020, and a strong used car market, which results in lower charge-offs upon sale of repossessed autos. Management believes that the level of the allowance for loan losses is sufficient to absorb losses inherent in the portfolio. However, if there are further challenges to the economic recovery, including a resurgence in COVID-19 cases that results in economic disruption, additional provision for loan losses may be required in future periods. In addition, provision for loan losses may be higher in future periods if net charge-offs increase, including due to lower recoveries from sales of used automobiles if prices decline.

Discussion of the consumer finance segment for the year ended December 31, 2019 has been omitted as such discussion was provided in Part II, Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis,” under the heading “Principal Business Segments” in the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020, which was filed with the SEC on March 3, 2021, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Table of Contents

ASSET QUALITY

Allowance and Provision for Loan Losses

Allowance for Loan Losses Methodology – Community Banking and Mortgage Banking. We conduct an analysis of the collectibility of the loan portfolio on a regular basis. This analysis does not apply to PCI loans, loans carried at fair value, loans held for sale or off-balance sheet credit exposure (e.g., unfunded loan commitments and standby letters of credit). We use this analysis to assess the sufficiency of the allowance for loan losses and to determine the necessary provision for loan losses.

The analysis, at a minimum, considers the following factors:

●

Changes in lending policies and procedures, including underwriting, collection, charge-off and recovery;

●

Changes in international, national, regional and local economic and business conditions and developments that affect the collectability of the portfolio, including the condition of various market segments;

●

Changes in the nature and volume of the portfolio and in the terms of loans;

●

Changes in the experience, ability and depth of lending management and other relevant staff;

●

Changes in the volume and severity of past due loans, the volume of nonaccrual loans and the volume and severity of adversely classified or graded loans;

●

Changes in the quality of our loan review system;

●

Changes in the value of the underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans;

●

The existence and effect of any concentrations of credit and changes in the level of such concentrations;

●

The effect of other external factors, such as competition;

●

Historical trends of actual loan losses based on volume and types of loans; and

●

Significant one-time transactions affecting the allowance for loan losses.

In conjunction with the factors described above, we consider the following risk elements that are inherent in the loan portfolio as part of the analysis:

●

Real estate residential mortgage loans carry risks associated with the continued credit-worthiness of the borrower and changes in the value of the collateral.

●

Real estate construction loans carry risks that the project will not be finished according to schedule, the project will not be finished according to budget and the value of the collateral may, at any point in time, be less than the principal amount of the loan. Construction loans also bear the risk that the general contractor, who may or may not be a loan customer, may be unable to finish the construction project as planned because of financial pressure unrelated to the project.

●

Commercial, financial and agricultural loans carry risks associated with the continued successful operation of a business or a real estate project, in addition to other risks associated with the ownership of real estate, because the repayment of these loans may be dependent upon the profitability and cash flows of the business or project. In addition, there is risk associated with the value of collateral other than real estate which may depreciate over time and cannot be appraised with as much precision.

●

Equity lines of credit carry risks associated with the continued credit-worthiness of the borrower and changes in the value of the collateral.

●

Consumer loans carry risks associated with the continued credit-worthiness of the borrower and the value of the collateral (e.g., rapidly-depreciating assets such as automobiles), or lack thereof. Consumer loans are more likely than real estate loans to be immediately adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy.

Table of Contents

The review process generally begins with loan officers or management identifying problem loans to be reviewed on an individual basis for impairment. This review of individual loans is limited to those loans that have indications of probable loss or that may result in significant losses to the Corporation, while all other loans, which may include delinquent loans and loans classified as special mention or substandard, are evaluated as a group, as discussed below. In addition, all TDRs are considered impaired loans and are individually evaluated. We consider a loan impaired when it is probable that we will be unable to collect all interest and principal payments as scheduled in the loan agreement. A loan is not considered impaired during a period of delay in payment if the ultimate collectibility of all amounts due is expected. If a loan is considered impaired, impairment is measured by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. A valuation allowance is established for an impaired loan to the extent that this measure of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan. When a loan is determined to be impaired, we follow a consistent process to measure that impairment in our loan portfolio. For collateral dependent loans we obtain an updated appraisal if we do not have a current one on file. Appraisals are performed by independent third party appraisers with relevant industry experience. We may make adjustments to the appraised value based on recent sales of similar properties or general market conditions when appropriate. We also estimate costs to sell collateral in the measurement of impairment if those costs are expected to reduce the cash flows available to repay or otherwise satisfy the loan.

The remaining non-impaired loans are grouped by loan type (e.g., commercial real estate, commercial, residential mortgage, consumer). We assign each loan type an allowance factor based on the historical loss rate for that type of loan and an evaluation of the qualitative factors mentioned above to determine a general allowance. We assign classified loans (i.e., special mention, substandard, doubtful, loss) a higher allowance factor than non-classified loans within a particular loan type based on our concerns regarding collectibility. Our allowance factors increase with the severity of classification. Allowance factors used for unclassified loans are based on our analysis of charge-off history for relevant periods of time which can vary depending on economic conditions, and our judgment based on the overall analysis of the lending environment including the general economic conditions. Our analysis of charge-off history also considers economic cycles and the trends during those cycles. We may occasionally determine that certain groups of loans require no allowance for losses based on characteristics of those loans as a group, such as purchased loans that are initially recorded at fair value or loans that are guaranteed by U.S. government agencies. Purchased loans other than PCI loans are evaluated in the manner described above, and an allowance is recorded to the extent that the recorded investment in such loans exceeds their outstanding principal net of the required allowance for loan losses. PPP loans require no allowance based on the explicit guarantee of the SBA. The allowance for loan losses is the aggregate of specific allowances and the general allowance for each portfolio type.

As discussed above we segregate loans meeting the criteria for special mention, substandard, doubtful and loss from non-classified, or pass rated, loans. We review the characteristics of each rating at least annually, generally during the first quarter. The characteristics of these loan ratings are as follows:

●

Pass rated loans are to persons or business entities with an acceptable financial condition, appropriate collateral margins, appropriate cash flow to service the existing loan, and an appropriate leverage ratio. The borrower has paid all obligations as agreed and it is expected that this type of payment history will continue. When necessary, acceptable personal guarantors support the loan.

●

Special mention loans have a specific, identified weakness in the borrower’s operations and in the borrower’s ability to generate positive cash flow on a sustained basis. The borrower’s recent payment history may be characterized by late payments. The Corporation’s risk exposure is mitigated by collateral supporting the loan. The collateral is considered to be well-margined, well maintained, accessible and readily marketable.

●

Table of Contents

associated with the loan are not corrected in the near term. A substandard loan would not automatically meet the Corporation’s definition of impaired unless the loan is significantly past due and the borrower’s performance and financial condition provide evidence that it is probable that the Corporation will be unable to collect all amounts due.

●

Substandard nonaccrual loans have the same characteristics as substandard loans; however, they have a nonaccrual classification because it is probable that the Corporation will not be able to collect all amounts due.

●

Doubtful rated loans have all the weaknesses inherent in a loan that is classified substandard but with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable. The possibility of loss is extremely high.

●

Loss rated loans are not considered collectible under normal circumstances and there is no realistic expectation for any future payment on the loan. Loss rated loans are fully charged off.

Allowance for Loan Losses Methodology - PCI Loans - As previously described, on a quarterly basis we evaluate our estimate of cash flows expected to be collected on PCI loans. These evaluations require the continued assessment of key assumptions and estimates similar to the initial estimate of fair value, such as the effect of collateral value changes, changing loss severities, estimated and experienced prepayment speeds and other relevant factors. Subsequent decreases to the expected cash flows to be collected on a PCI loan will generally result in a provision for loan losses resulting in an increase to the allowance for loan losses. For a more detailed description, see “Critical Accounting Estimates” in this Item 7.

Allowance for Loan Losses Methodology – Consumer Finance. The consumer finance segment’s loans consist of non-prime automobile loans and prime marine and RV loans. These loans carry risks associated with (1) the continued credit-worthiness of borrowers and (2) the value of rapidly-depreciating collateral. These loans do not lend themselves to a classification process because of the short duration of time between default, repossession and charge-off. Therefore, the loan loss allowance review process generally focuses on an analysis of charge-off history for relevant periods of time, which can vary depending on economic conditions. Further consideration is given to the following factors:

●

Changes in lending policies and procedures, including underwriting, collection, charge-off and recovery;

●

Changes in the volume and severity of past due loans;

●

Changes in the value of the underlying collateral;

●

The existence and effect of any concentrations of credit and changes in the level of such concentrations;

●

The effect of other external factors, such as competition;

●

An overall analysis of the lending environment;

●

Historical trends of actual loan losses based on volume and types of loans; and

●

Significant one-time transactions affecting the allowance for loan losses.

Loans are grouped by loan type (e.g., non-prime automobile loans and prime marine and RV loans). We assign each loan type an allowance factor based on the historical loss rate for that type of loan and an evaluation of the qualitative factors mentioned above to determine a general allowance. Loans are further segregated between performing and nonperforming loans. Performing loans are those that have made timely payments in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement and that are not past due 90 days or more. Nonperforming loans are those that do not accrue interest and are greater than 90 days past due.

In accordance with its policies and guidelines and consistent with industry practices, C&F Finance, at times, offers payment deferrals to non-prime automobile borrowers, whereby the borrower is allowed to move up to two payments within a twelve-month rolling period to the end of the loan. A fee will be collected for extensions only in states that permit it. An account for which all delinquent payments are deferred is classified as current at the time the deferment is granted and therefore is not included as a delinquent account. Thereafter, such an account is aged based on the timely payment of

Table of Contents

future installments in the same manner as any other account. We evaluate the results of this deferment strategy based upon the amount of cash installments that are collected on accounts after they have been deferred versus the extent to which the collateral underlying the deferred accounts has depreciated over the same period of time. Based on this evaluation, we believe that payment deferrals granted according to our policies and guidelines are an effective portfolio management technique and result in higher ultimate cash collections. Payment deferrals may affect the ultimate timing of when an account is charged off. Increased use of deferrals may result in a lengthening of the loss confirmation period, which would increase expectations of credit losses inherent in the portfolio and therefore increase the allowance for loan losses and related provision for loan losses.

The allowance for loan losses represents an amount that, in our judgment, will be adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The provision for loan losses increases the allowance, and loans charged off, net of recoveries, reduce the allowance. The following table presents the Corporation’s loan loss experience for the periods indicated:

TABLE 10: Allowance for Loan Losses


	Real Estate						Commercial,
	Residential			Real Estate			Financial &			Equity						Consumer
(Dollars in thousands)	Mortgage			Construction			Agricultural			Lines			Consumer¹			Finance			Total
For the year ended December 31, 2019:
Balance at beginning of year	$	2,246		$	727		$	6,688		$	1,106		$	257		$	22,999		$	34,023
Provision charged to operations		(146)			(46)			458			(235)			329			8,155			8,515
Loans charged off		(46)			—			(29)			(138)			(349)			(13,991)			(14,553)
Recoveries of loans previously charged off		26			—			4			—			228			4,630			4,888
Balance at end of year	$	2,080		$	681		$	7,121		$	733		$	465		$	21,793		$	32,873

Average loans	$	181,718		$	61,722		$	472,096		$	53,676		$	13,371		$	307,141		$	1,089,724
Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans		0.01	%		—	%		0.01	%		0.26	%		0.90	%		3.05	%		0.89	%

For the year ended December 31, 2020:
Balance at beginning of year	$	2,080		$	681		$	7,121		$	733		$	465		$	21,793		$	32,873
Provision charged to operations		808			294			3,589			(47)			(34)			6,470			11,080
Loans charged off		(62)			—			(18)			—			(231)			(9,331)			(9,642)
Recoveries of loans previously charged off		88			—			4			1			171			4,581			4,845
Balance at end of year	$	2,914		$	975		$	10,696		$	687		$	371		$	23,513		$	39,156

Average loans	$	211,179		$	62,572		$	658,768		$	52,617		$	15,559		$	307,991		$	1,308,686
Ratio of net charge-offs (recoveries) to average loans		(0.01)	%		—	%		0.01	%		(0.01)	%		0.39	%		1.54	%		0.37	%

For the year ended December 31, 2021:
Balance at beginning of year	$	2,914		$	975		$	10,696		$	687		$	371		$	23,513		$	39,156
Provision charged to operations		(279)			(119)			385			(95)			(137)			820			575
Loans charged off		—			—			—			—			(184)			(4,381)			(4,565)
Recoveries of loans previously charged off		25			—			4			1			122			4,839			4,991
Balance at end of year	$	2,660		$	856		$	11,085		$	593		$	172		$	24,791		$	40,157

Average loans	$	215,745		$	60,951		$	717,717		$	44,320		$	8,842		$	334,565		$	1,382,140
Ratio of net charge-offs (recoveries) to average loans		(0.01)	%		—	%		(0.01)	%		(0.01)	%		0.70	%		(0.14)	%		(0.03)	%

¹	Consumer loans includes provision, charge-offs and recoveries related to demand deposit overdrafts.

For further information regarding the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses, refer to “Nonperforming Assets” within this Item 7.

Table of Contents

The allocation of the allowance for loan losses at December 31 for the years indicated and the ratio of corresponding outstanding loan balances to total loans are as follows:

TABLE 11: Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses


	December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2021			2020
Allocation of allowance for loan losses:
Real estate—residential mortgage	$	2,660		$	2,914
Real estate—construction ¹		856			975
Commercial, financial and agricultural ²		11,085			10,696
Equity lines		593			687
Consumer		172			371
Consumer finance		24,791			23,513
Total allowance for loan losses	$	40,157		$	39,156
Ratio of loans to total period-end loans:
Real estate—residential mortgage		15	%		16	%
Real estate—construction ¹		4			4
Commercial, financial and agricultural ²		51			52
Equity lines		3			4
Consumer		1			1
Consumer finance		26			23
		100	%		100	%

1	Includes the Corporation’s real estate construction lending and consumer real estatelot lending.

2	Includes the Corporation’s commercial real estate lending, land acquisition and development lending, builder line lending and commercial business lending.

Loans by credit quality indicators as of December 31, 2021 were as follows:

TABLE 12: Credit Quality Indicators

Special

Substandard

(Dollars in thousands)

Pass

Mention

Substandard

Nonaccrual

Total¹

Real estate – residential mortgage

215,432

664

605

315

217,016

Real estate – construction ²

57,495

—

57,495

Commercial, financial and agricultural ³

707,633

1,989

5,986

2,122

717,730

Equity lines

41,013

181

104

41,345

Consumer

8,276

—

8,280

1,029,849

2,700

6,773

2,544

1,041,866


			Non-
(Dollars in thousands)	Performing		Performing		Total
Consumer finance	$	367,814	$	380	$	368,194

1	At December 31, 2021, the Corporation did not have any loans classified as Doubtful or Loss.

2	Includes the Corporation’s real estate construction lending and consumer real estate lot lending.

3	Includes the Corporation’s commercial real estate lending, land acquisition and development lending, builder line lending and commercial business lending.

Table of Contents

Loans by credit quality indicators as of December 31, 2020 were as follows:


			Special				Substandard
(Dollars in thousands)	Pass		Mention		Substandard		Nonaccrual		Total¹
Real estate – residential mortgage	$	215,712	$	1,715	$	595	$	276	$	218,298
Real estate – construction ²		62,147		—		—		—		62,147
Commercial, financial and agricultural ³		668,167		18,631		10,989		2,428		700,215
Equity lines		48,140		132		3		191		48,466
Consumer		10,832		48		41		107		11,028
	$	1,004,998	$	20,526	$	11,628	$	3,002	$	1,040,154


			Non-
(Dollars in thousands)	Performing		Performing		Total
Consumer finance	$	311,850	$	402	$	312,252

1	At December 31, 2020, the Corporation did not have any loans classified as Doubtful or Loss.

2	Includes the Corporation’s real estate construction lending and consumer real estate lot lending.

3	Includes the Corporation’s commercial real estate lending, land acquisition and development lending, builder line lending and commercial business lending.

The decreases in special mention and substandard loans rated at December 31, 2021 compared to December 31, 2020 were due primarily to repayments.

The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans at the community banking segment, excluding PCI loans, decreased to 1.44 percent at December 31, 2021, compared to 1.46 percent at December 31, 2020. The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans excluding all purchased loans and loans originated under the PPP was 1.55 percent at December 31, 2021, compared to 1.74 percent at December 31, 2020. The community banking segment recorded a net reversal of provision for loan losses of $200,000 in 2021, as a partial release of qualitative adjustments to reserves related to the COVID-19 pandemic, and improvement in asset quality were partially offset by additional reserves related to the growth in the loan portfolio. The community banking segment recorded provision for loan losses of $4.6 million for 2020 due primarily to qualitative adjustments to reserves established as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and growth in the loan portfolio. As of December 31, 2021, there have not been significant declines in the overall credit quality of the loan portfolio during the COVID-19 pandemic, although management believes the effects of PPP loans and other forms of government stimulus may have delayed and partially mitigated credit deterioration during the COVID-19 pandemic. Management believes that the level of the allowance for loan losses is sufficient to absorb losses inherent in the portfolio. However, if there are further challenges to the economic recovery, including a resurgence in COVID-19 cases that leads to economic disruption, additional provision for loan losses may be required in future periods.

The consumer finance segment’s allowance for loan losses increased by $1.3 million to $24.8 million at December 31, 2021 from $23.5 million at December 31, 2020. The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of loans decreased to 6.73 percent at December 31, 2021, compared to 7.53 percent at December 31, 2020. The decrease in the level of the allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans is primarily a result of improving credit quality of the portfolio, which has resulted in lower net charge-offs, and lower reserves based on qualitative adjustments related to the COVID-19 pandemic. Total delinquent loans, which does not include loans that have been granted a payment deferral, as a percentage of total loans decreased to 2.16 percent at December 31, 2021 compared to 3.08 percent at December 31, 2020. The consumer finance segment experienced net recoveries for the year ended December 31, 2021 of 0.14 percent of average total loans, compared to net charge-offs of 1.54 percent for 2020, due to a lower number of charge-offs during 2021 as a result of improvement in loan performance, and lower losses per loan charged off as a result of a strong used car market. Improvement in loan performance has resulted from the consumer finance segment continuing to purchase higher quality loans, including marine and RV loans. Additionally, borrowers benefitted during 2021 and 2020 from the government’s stimulus measures in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. As of December 31, 2021, these stimulus programs have generally ended, and the Corporation can give no assurance that loan performance or net charge-offs will continue at the

Table of Contents

levels experienced in 2021 and 2020. The consumer finance segment recorded provision for loan losses of $820,000 for the year ended December 31, 2021, as provision related to growth in the loan portfolio was partially offset by a partial release of qualitative adjustments to reserves related to the COVID-19 pandemic, as credit deterioration has not yet been experienced to the extent previously anticipated, improvement in credit quality and lower net charge-offs. The consumer finance segment recorded provision for loan losses of $6.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, due primarily to qualitative adjustments to reserves established as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, partially offset by improvement in credit quality. Management believes that the level of the allowance for loan losses is sufficient to absorb losses inherent in the portfolio. However, if there are further challenges to the economic recovery, including a resurgence in COVID-19 cases that results in economic disruption, additional provision for loan losses may be required in future periods. In addition, provision for loan losses may be higher in future periods if net charge-offs increase, including due to lower recoveries from sales of used automobiles if prices decline.

As previously described, the consumer finance segment, at times, offers payment deferrals to non-prime automobile borrowers as a management technique to achieve higher ultimate cash collections on select loan accounts. Payment deferrals may affect the ultimate timing of when an account is charged off. A significant reliance on deferrals as a means of managing collections may result in a lengthening of the loss confirmation period, which would increase expectations of credit losses inherent in the portfolio. The average amounts deferred on a monthly basis during 2021 were 1.24 percent of non-prime automobile loans outstanding, compared to 2.93 percent during 2020 and 1.90 percent during 2019. Payment deferrals increased for 2020 compared to 2019 as the COVID-19 pandemic affected the ability of some borrowers to make timely payments, but were lower in 2021.

Because C&F Finance primarily focuses on non-prime borrowers, the anticipated rates of delinquencies, defaults, repossessions and losses on the consumer finance loans are higher than those experienced in the general automobile finance industry and could be more dramatically affected by changes in general economic conditions. Changes in economic conditions may also affect consumer demand for used automobiles and values of automobiles securing outstanding loans, due to changes in demand or changes in levels of inventory of used automobiles, which may directly affect the amount of a loss incurred by C&F Finance in the event of default. While we manage the higher risk inherent in loans made to non-prime borrowers through the underwriting criteria, portfolio management and collection methods employed by C&F Finance, we cannot guarantee that these criteria or methods will afford adequate protection against these risks. Beginning in 2016 with C&F Finance’s implementation of a scorecard model for purchasing loan contracts, the credit-worthiness of borrowers at origination has improved for automobile loans purchased by C&F Finance and the level of credit losses experienced has decreased. We cannot provide any assurance that C&F Finance’s net charge-off ratio will not increase in future periods. However, we believe that the current allowance for loan losses is adequate to absorb probable losses that have been incurred on existing consumer finance segment loans that may become uncollectible. If factors influencing the consumer finance segment result in higher net charge-off ratios in future periods, the consumer finance segment may need to increase the level of its allowance for loan losses through additional provisions for loan losses, which could negatively affect future earnings of the consumer finance segment.

Nonperforming Assets

A loan’s past due status is based on the contractual due date of the most delinquent payment due. Loans are generally placed on nonaccrual status when the collection of principal or interest is 90 days or more past due, or earlier, if collection is uncertain based on an evaluation of the net realizable value of the collateral and the financial strength of the borrower. Loans greater than 90 days past due may remain on accrual status if management determines it has adequate collateral to cover the principal and interest. For those loans that are carried on nonaccrual status, payments are first applied to principal outstanding. A loan may be returned to accrual status if the borrower has demonstrated a sustained period of repayment performance in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan and there is reasonable assurance the borrower will continue to make payments as agreed. These policies are applied consistently across our loan portfolio.

Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value less estimated costs to sell at the date of foreclosure. Subsequent to foreclosure, management periodically performs valuations of the foreclosed assets based on updated appraisals, general market conditions, recent sales of like properties, length of time the properties have been held, and our ability and intention with regard to continued ownership of the properties. We

Table of Contents

may incur additional write-downs of foreclosed assets to fair value less estimated costs to sell if valuations indicate a further deterioration in market conditions. Revenue and expenses from operations and changes in the property valuations are included in net expenses from foreclosed assets and improvements are capitalized.

At the consumer finance segment, the repossession process is generally initiated after a loan becomes more than 60 days delinquent. Borrowers have an opportunity to redeem their repossessed vehicles by paying all outstanding balances, including finance charges and fees. Vehicles that are not redeemed within the prescribed waiting period before C&F Finance has the legal right to sell the repossessed vehicle then become available-for-sale at the end of that period and are reclassified from loans to other assets and are recorded initially at fair value less estimated costs to sell. The difference between the carrying amount of each loan and the fair value of the vehicle (i.e. the deficiency) is charged against the allowance for loan losses. Accounts still in process of collection or for which the Corporation does not have the legal right to sell continue to be classified as loans until such legal authority is obtained. After the vehicles have been sold in third-party auctions, we credit the proceeds from the sale of the vehicles, and any other recoveries, to the carrying value of the repossessed vehicles. C&F Finance pursues collection of deficiencies, as allowed by state law, when it deems such action to be appropriate.

Table 13 summarizes the Corporation’s credit ratios on a consolidated basis as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.

TABLE 13: Consolidated Credit Ratios


(Dollars in thousands)	2021			2020
Total loans	$	1,410,060		$	1,352,406
Nonaccrual loans	$	2,924		$	3,404
Allowance for loan losses (ALL)	$	40,157		$	39,156
Nonaccrual loans to total loans		0.21	%		0.25	%
ALL to total loans		2.85	%		2.90	%
ALL to nonaccrual loans		1,373.36	%		1,150.29	%

Table of Contents

Table 14 summarizes nonperforming assets by principal business segment at December 31 of each of the past two years.

TABLE 14: Nonperforming Assets

Community Banking Segment


(Dollars in thousands)	2021			2020
As of December 31:
Loans, excluding purchased and PPP loans	$	954,262		$	863,293
Purchased performing loans¹		56,798			87,096
Purchased credit impaired loans¹		3,655			6,359
PPP loans²		17,762			76,527
Total loans	$	1,032,477		$	1,033,275

Nonaccrual loans	$	2,359		$	2,971
OREO³	$	835		$	907
Impaired loans⁴	$	5,058		$	6,278

ALL	$	14,803		$	15,035
Nonaccrual loans to total loans		0.23	%		0.29	%
ALL to total loans		1.43	%		1.46	%
ALL to nonaccrual loans		627.51	%		506.06	%
ALL to total loans, excluding purchased credit impaired loans⁵		1.44	%		1.46	%
ALL to total loans, excluding purchased loans and PPP loans		1.55	%		1.74	%

For the year ended December 31:
Provision for loan losses	$	(200)		$	4,600
Net charge-offs to average total loans		0.01	%		0.01	%

Acquired loans are tracked in two separate categories – “purchased performing” and “purchased credit impaired.” The remaining discount for the purchased performing loans was $1.1 million at December 31, 2021 and $1.8 million at December 31, 2020. The remaining discount for the purchased credit impaired loans was $4.7 million at December 31, 2021 and $5.9 million at December 31, 2020.

2	The principal amount of outstanding PPP loans was $18.4 million at December 31, 2021 and $78.7 million at December 31, 2020.

3	OREO includes $835,000 at both December 31, 2021 and 2020 related to the land and buildings of a former branch property, which was consolidated into a nearby branch in 2019.

4	Impaired loans includes $2.2 million and $2.7 million of loans on nonaccrual at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Impaired loans also includes $2.7 million and $3.6 million of TDRs at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

5	The ratio of ALL to total loans, excluding purchased credit impaired loans, includes purchased performing loans and loans originated under the PPP for which no allowance for loan losses is required.

Table of Contents

Mortgage Banking Segment


(Dollars in thousands)	2021			2020
As of December 31:
Total loans¹	$	9,389		$	6,879
Nonaccrual loans	$	185		$	31
Impaired loans	$	150		$	—
ALL	$	563		$	608
Nonaccrual loans to total loans		1.97	%		0.45	%
ALL to total loans		6.00	%		8.84	%
ALL to nonaccrual loans		304.32	%		1,961.29	%

For the year ended December 31:
Provision for loan losses	$	(45)		$	10
Net charge-offs to average total loans		-	%		-	%

1	Total loans does not include loans held for sale at the mortgage banking segment.

Consumer Finance Segment


(Dollars in thousands)	2021			2020
As of December 31:
Total loans	$	368,194		$	312,252
Nonaccrual loans	$	380		$	402
Repossessed assets	$	190		$	291
ALL	$	24,791		$	23,513
Nonaccrual loans to total loans		0.10	%		0.13	%
ALL to total loans		6.73	%		7.53	%
ALL to nonaccrual loans		6,523.95	%		5,849.00	%

For the year ended December 31:
Provision for loan losses	$	820		$	6,470
Net (recoveries) charge-offs to average total loans		(0.14)	%		1.54	%

Table 15 presents the changes in the OREO balance for 2021 and 2020.

TABLE 15: OREO Changes


	Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2021		2020
Balance at the beginning of year, gross	$	1,114	$	1,191
Additions		—		344
Charge-offs		(54)		(57)
Sales proceeds		(462)		(364)
Gain on disposition		237		—
Balance at the end of year, gross		835		1,114
Less valuation allowance		—		(207)
Balance at the end of year, net	$	835	$	907

Nonperforming assets of the community banking segment totaled $3.2 million at December 31, 2021, compared to $3.9 million at December 31, 2020. Nonperforming assets included $2.4 million in nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2021

Table of Contents

compared to $3.0 million at December 31, 2020, and included $835,000 in other real estate owned at December 31, 2021, compared to $907,000 at December 31, 2020. Nonaccrual loans were comprised primarily of one commercial relationship at December 31, 2021 and 2020. OREO at December 31, 2021 and 2020 was primarily comprised of a property previously used by the Bank as a branch, which was consolidated into a nearby branch in 2019. The property was subsequently sold in January 2022. If interest on loans on nonaccrual at December 31, 2021 had been recognized throughout the year, the community banking segment would have recorded additional gross interest income in 2021 of $214,000.

Nonaccrual loans at the consumer finance segment decreased to $380,000 at December 31, 2021 from $402,000 at December 31, 2020. As noted above, the allowance for loan losses at the consumer finance segment increased from $23.5 million at December 31, 2020 to $24.8 million at December 31, 2021, and the ratio of the allowance for loan losses to total consumer finance loans was 6.73 percent as of December 31, 2021, compared to 7.53 percent at December 31, 2020. Nonaccrual consumer finance loans remain low relative to the allowance for loan losses and the total consumer finance loan portfolio because the consumer finance segment generally initiates repossession of loan collateral once a loan becomes more than 60 days delinquent. Repossessed vehicles of the consumer finance segment are classified as other assets and consist only of vehicles the Corporation has the legal right to sell. Prior to the reclassification from loans to repossessed vehicles, the difference between the carrying amount of each loan and the fair value of each vehicle (i.e. the deficiency) is charged against the allowance for loan losses. At December 31, 2021, repossessed vehicles at fair value less estimated costs to sell included in other assets totaled $190,000, compared to $291,000 at December 31, 2020. If interest on loans on nonaccrual at December 31, 2021 had been recognized throughout the year, the consumer finance segment would have recorded additional gross interest income in 2021 of $4,000.

As discussed above, we measure impaired loans either based on fair value of the loan using the loan’s obtainable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent, or using the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. We maintain a valuation allowance to the extent that the measure of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan. TDRs occur when we agree to significantly modify the original terms of a loan by granting a concession due to the deterioration in the financial condition of the borrower. These concessions typically are made for loss mitigation purposes and could include reductions in the interest rate, payment extensions, forgiveness of principal, forbearance or other actions. TDRs are considered impaired loans.

Impaired loans, which included TDRs of $2.7 million, and the related allowance at December 31, 2021, were as follows:

TABLE 16: Impaired Loans

Recorded

Investment

Average

Unpaid

in Loans

Balance-

Interest

Principal

without

with

Related

Impaired

Income

(Dollars in thousands)

Balance

Specific Reserve

Allowance

Loans

Recognized

Real estate – residential mortgage

1,689

550

1,035

1,560

Commercial, financial and agricultural:

Commercial real estate lending

1,389

—

1,390

103

1,393

Commercial business lending

2,234

—

2,123

489

2,257

—

Equity lines

118

110

—

119

Total

5,430

660

4,548

655

5,329

140

Table of Contents

Impaired loans, which included TDRs of $3.6 million, and the related allowance at December 31, 2020, were as follows:



			Recorded		Recorded
			Investment		Investment				Average
	Unpaid		in Loans		in Loans				Balance-		Interest
	Principal		without		with		Related		Impaired		Income
(Dollars in thousands)	Balance		Specific Reserve		Specific Reserve		Allowance		Loans		Recognized
Real estate – residential mortgage	$	2,326	$	931	$	1,279	$	77	$	2,353	$	105
Commercial, financial and agricultural:
Commercial real estate lending		1,397		—		1,397		89		1,404		73
Commercial business lending		2,430		—		2,428		585		2,573		—
Equity lines		120		111		—		—		119		2
Consumer		147		—		132		128		154		3
Total	$	6,420	$	1,042	$	5,236	$	879	$	6,603	$	183

TDRs at December 31, 2021 and 2020 were as follows:

TABLE 17: Troubled Debt Restructurings


	December 31,		December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2021		2020
Accruing TDRs	$	2,575	$	3,318
Nonaccrual TDRs¹		115		257
Total TDRs²	$	2,690	$	3,575

1	Included in nonaccrual loans in Table 14: Nonperforming Assets.

2	Included in impaired loans in Table 16: Impaired Loans.

While TDRs are considered impaired loans, not all TDRs are on nonaccrual status. If a loan was on nonaccrual status at the time of the TDR modification, the loan will remain on nonaccrual status following the modification and may be returned to accrual status based on the Corporation’s policy for returning loans to accrual status. If a loan was accruing prior to being modified as a TDR and if management concludes that the borrower is able to make such modified payments, and there are no other factors or circumstances that would cause management to conclude otherwise, the TDR will remain on an accruing status.

The Corporation has accommodated certain borrowers affected by the COVID-19 pandemic by granting short-term payment deferrals or periods of interest-only payments. Generally, a short-term payment deferral does not result in a loan modification being classified as a TDR. Furthermore, certain modifications are not required to be evaluated for classification as a TDR under statutory and regulatory relief related to the COVID-19 pandemic. There were no modifications offered during the year ended December 31, 2021 which were not evaluated for classification as a TDR. The Corporation has granted loan modifications related to COVID-19 on aggregate balances of $103.6 million since the beginning of the pandemic. At December 31, 2021, loans whose modification periods had not ended had aggregate balances of $7.2 million and all such loans are performing in accordance with their modified terms, which includes payments of interest. Management monitors the credit risk related to these loans and has adjusted risk ratings as applicable as of December 31, 2021. Management cannot predict whether or for how long these borrowers may require further modifications of their loan terms beyond the existing deferral arrangement.

Table of Contents

FINANCIAL CONDITION

SUMMARY

A financial institution’s primary sources of revenue are generated by its earning assets and sales of financial assets, while its major expenses are produced by the funding of those assets with interest-bearing liabilities, provisions for loan losses and compensation to employees. Effective management of these sources and uses of funds is essential in attaining a financial institution’s maximum profitability while maintaining an acceptable level of risk.

At December 31, 2021, the Corporation had total assets of $2.26 billion compared to $2.09 billion at December 31, 2020. The increase was attributable primarily to increases in cash reserves, available for sale securities and loans held for investment, partially offset by a decrease in loans held for sale and was funded by growth in demand and savings deposits and short-term borrowings. The significant components of the Corporation’s Consolidated Balance Sheets are discussed below.

LOAN PORTFOLIO

General

Through the community banking segment, we engage in a wide range of lending activities, which include the origination, primarily in the community banking segment’s market area, of (1) one-to-four family and multi-family residential mortgage loans, (2) commercial real estate loans, (3) construction loans, (4) land acquisition and development loans, (5) consumer loans and (6) commercial business loans. We engage in non-prime automobile, and marine and RV lending through the consumer finance segment and in residential mortgage lending through the mortgage banking segment with substantially all of the loans originated through the mortgage banking segment sold to third-party investors. At December 31, 2021, the Corporation’s loans held for investment in all categories, net of the allowance for loan losses, totaled $1.37 billion and loans held for sale had a fair value of $82.3 million.

Tables 18 and 19 present information pertaining to the composition of loans held for investment and the maturity/repricing of certain loans held for investment.

TABLE 18: Summary of Loans Held for Investment


	December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2021		2020
Real estate—residential mortgage	$	217,016	$	218,298
Real estate—construction ¹		57,495		62,147
Commercial, financial, and agricultural ²		717,730		700,215
Equity lines		41,345		48,466
Consumer		8,280		11,028
Consumer finance		368,194		312,252
Total loans		1,410,060		1,352,406
Less allowance for loan losses		(40,157)		(39,156)
Total loans, net	$	1,369,903	$	1,313,250

1	Includes the Corporation’s real estate construction lending and consumer real estate lot lending.

Includes the Corporation’s commercial real estate lending, land acquisition and development lending, builder line lending and commercial business lending (which includes loans originated under the PPP of $17.8 million and $76.5 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively). Other commercial, financial and agricultural loans were $699.9 million and $623.7 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Table of Contents

The increase in total loans from December 31, 2020 to December 31, 2021 was due primarily to commercial loan growth at the community banking segment and growth in the consumer finance segment.

TABLE 19: Maturity/Repricing Schedule of Loans Held for Investment


	December 31, 2021
	Real Estate				Commercial,
	Residential		Real Estate		Financial &		Equity				Consumer
(Dollars in thousands)	Mortgage		Construction		Agricultural		Lines		Consumer		Finance		Total
Variable Rate:
Within 1 year	$	828	$	31,160	$	169,433	$	41,345	$	64	$	—	$	242,830
1 to 5 years		2,681		—		62,375		—		—		—		65,056
5 to 15 years		74		—		16,369		—		—		—		16,443
After 15 years		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Fixed Rate:
Within 1 year	$	5,198	$	23,926	$	41,341	$	—	$	1,783	$	6,555	$	78,803
1 to 5 years		31,305		422		210,111		—		5,192		163,087		410,117
5 to 15 years		139,663		1,712		217,272		—		1,241		198,552		558,440
After 15 years		37,267		275		829		—		—		—		38,371

	$	217,016	$	57,495	$	717,730	$	41,345	$	8,280	$	368,194	$	1,410,060

Beginning in April 2020, the community banking segment originated loans under the PPP which are guaranteed by the SBA, and in some cases borrowers may be eligible to obtain forgiveness of the loans, in which case loans would be repaid by the SBA. Net PPP origination fees recognized in the year ended December 31, 2021 was $4.1 million compared to $1.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2020. Since the second quarter of 2020, the community banking segment has recognized $5.6 million of net fees under the PPP, and deferred net PPP origination fees that remained unrecognized at December 31, 2021 was $679,000, which are expected to be recognized in 2022. As repayment of PPP loans is guaranteed by the SBA, the community banking segment does not recognize a reserve for PPP loans in its allowance for loan losses. Table 20 presents the outstanding principal of loans originated under the PPP as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.

TABLE 20: Paycheck Protection Program Loans


	December 31,		December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2021		2020
Outstanding principal	$	18,441	$	78,684
Unrecognized deferred fees, net		(679)		(2,157)
	$	17,762	$	76,527

Total loans at December 31, 2021 and 2020 included loans purchased in connection with the Corporation’s acquisitions. These loans were recorded at estimated fair value on the date of acquisition without the carryover of the related allowance for loan losses. The following tables present the outstanding principal balance and the carrying amount of purchased loans that are included in the Corporation’s Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Table of Contents

TABLE 21: PCI and Purchased Performing Loans


	December 31, 2021
	Purchased
	Credit		Purchased
(Dollars in thousands)	Impaired		Performing		Total
Outstanding principal balance	$	8,350	$	57,862	$	66,212
Carrying amount
Real estate – residential mortgage	$	817	$	9,997	$	10,814
Real estate – construction		—		1,356		1,356
Commercial, financial and agricultural		2,753		37,313		40,066
Equity lines		38		6,919		6,957
Consumer		47		1,213		1,260
Total acquired loans	$	3,655	$	56,798	$	60,453


	December 31, 2020
	Purchased
	Credit		Purchased
(Dollars in thousands)	Impaired		Performing		Total
Outstanding principal balance	$	12,760	$	89,043	$	101,803
Carrying amount
Real estate – residential mortgage	$	1,473	$	15,117	$	16,590
Real estate – construction		—		1,077		1,077
Commercial, financial and agricultural		4,758		58,796		63,554
Equity lines		80		10,182		10,262
Consumer		48		1,924		1,972
Total acquired loans	$	6,359	$	87,096	$	93,455

For a description of the Corporation’s accounting for purchased performing and PCI loans, see “Critical Accounting Estimates” in this Item 7.

Credit Policy

The Corporation’s credit policy establishes minimum requirements and provides for appropriate limitations on overall concentration of credit within the Corporation. The policy provides guidance in general credit policies, underwriting policies and risk management, credit approval, and administrative and problem asset management policies. The overall goal of the Corporation’s credit policy is to ensure that loan growth is accompanied by acceptable asset quality with uniform and consistently applied approval, administration, and documentation practices and standards.

Residential Mortgage Lending – Held for Sale

The mortgage banking segment’s guidelines for underwriting conventional conforming loans comply with the underwriting criteria established by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and/or the applicable third party investor. The guidelines for non-conforming conventional loans are based on the requirements of private investors and information provided by third-party investors. The guidelines used by C&F Mortgage to originate FHA-insured, USDA-guaranteed and VA-guaranteed loans comply with the criteria established by HUD, the USDA, the VA and/or the applicable third party investor. The conventional loans that C&F Mortgage originates that have loan-to-value ratios greater than 80 percent at origination are generally insured by private mortgage insurance.

Table of Contents

Residential Mortgage Lending – Held for Investment

The community banking segment originates residential mortgage loans secured by first and second liens on properties located in its primary market areas in eastern and central Virginia. The Bank offers various types of residential first mortgage loans in addition to traditional long-term, fixed-rate loans. The majority of such loans include 10, 15 and 30 year amortizing mortgage loans with fixed rates of interest. Second mortgage loans are offered with fixed and adjustable rates. Second mortgage loans are granted for a fixed period of time, usually between 5 and 15 years.

Loans associated with residential mortgage lending are included in the real estate—residential mortgage category in Table 18: Summary of Loans Held for Investment.

Construction Lending

The community banking segment has a real estate construction lending program. We make loans primarily for the construction of one-to-four family residences and, to a lesser extent, multi-family dwellings. The Bank also makes construction loans for office and warehouse facilities and other nonresidential projects, generally limited to borrowers that present other business opportunities for the community banking segment.

The amounts, interest rates and terms for construction loans vary, depending upon market conditions, the size and complexity of the project, and the financial strength of the borrower and any guarantors of the loan. The term for a typical construction loan ranges from 12 months to 15 months for the construction of an individual residence and from 15 months to a maximum of 3 years for larger residential or commercial projects. We do not typically amortize construction loans, and the borrower pays interest monthly on the outstanding principal balance of the loan. The Bank offers fixed and variable interest rates on construction loans. We do not generally finance the construction of commercial real estate projects built on a speculative basis. For residential builder loans, we limit the number of models and/or speculative units allowed depending on market conditions, the builder’s financial strength and track record and other factors. Generally, the maximum loan-to-value ratio for one-to-four family residential construction loans is 80 percent of the property’s fair market value, or 90 percent of the property’s fair market value if the property will be the borrower’s primary residence. The fair market value of a project is determined on the basis of an appraisal of the project conducted by an appraiser approved by the Bank. For larger projects where unit absorption or leasing is a concern, we may also obtain a feasibility study or other acceptable information from the borrower or other sources about the likely disposition of the property following the completion of construction.

Construction loans for nonresidential projects and multi-unit residential projects are generally larger and involve a greater degree of risk to the Bank than residential mortgage loans. We attempt to minimize such risks (1) by making construction loans in accordance with our underwriting standards and to established customers in our primary market area and (2) by monitoring the quality, progress and cost of construction. Generally, our maximum loan-to-value ratio for non-residential projects and multi-unit residential projects is 80 percent; however, this maximum can be waived for particularly strong borrowers on an exception basis.

Loans associated with construction lending are included in the real estate—construction category in Table 18: Summary of Loans Held for Investment.

Consumer Lot Lending

The community banking segment’s consumer lot loans are made to individuals for the purpose of acquiring an unimproved building site for the construction of a residence that generally will be occupied by the borrower. Consumer lot loans are made only to individual borrowers. These loans typically have a maximum term of either three or five years with a balloon payment of the entire balance of the loan being due in full at the end of the initial term. The interest rate for these loans is fixed at a rate that is slightly higher than prevailing rates for one-to-four family residential mortgage loans. We do not believe consumer lot loans bear as much risk as land acquisition and development loans because such loans are not made for the construction of residences for immediate resale, are not made to developers and builders, and are not concentrated in any one subdivision or community.

Table of Contents

Loans associated with consumer lot lending are included in the real estate—construction category in Table 18: Summary of Loans Held for Investment.

Commercial Real Estate Lending

The community banking segment’s commercial real estate loans are primarily secured by the value of real property. The proceeds of commercial real estate loans are generally used by the borrower to finance or refinance the cost of acquiring and/or improving a commercial property. The properties that typically secure these loans are office and warehouse facilities, hotels, apartment complexes, retail facilities, restaurants and other commercial properties. Commercial real estate loans may be made to borrowers who will occupy or use the financed property in connection with their normal business operations or to borrowers who will use the subject propery to generate rental income. Loans secured by non-owner-occupied properties are made when: (1) the borrower is in strong financial condition and presents a substantial business opportunity for the Corporation and (2) the borrower has substantially pre-leased the property to high-caliber tenants.

Our commercial real estate loans are usually amortized over a period of time ranging from 15 years to 30 years and usually have a term to maturity ranging from 5 years to 15 years, with fixed rates of interest typically for periods of up to ten years. The maximum loan-to-value ratio for a commercial real estate loan is 80 percent; however, this maximum can be waived for particularly strong borrowers on an exception basis. Most commercial real estate loans are further secured by one or more personal guarantees. We believe these loan terms provide some protection from changes in the borrower’s business and income as well as changes in general economic conditions. In the case of fixed-rate commercial real estate loans, shorter maturities also provide an opportunity to adjust the interest rate on this type of interest-earning asset in accordance with our asset and liability management strategies. Certain commercial customers qualify for participation in an interest rate swap program. This program provides flexible pricing structures for our larger borrowers who wish to pay a fixed rate of interest, while preserving a floating rate for the Bank, which protects C&F Bank from exposure to rising interest rates.

Loans secured by commercial real estate are generally larger and involve a greater degree of risk than residential mortgage loans. Because payments on loans secured by commercial real estate are usually dependent on successful operation or management of the properties securing such loans, repayment of such loans is subject to changes in both general and local economic conditions and the borrower’s business and income. As a result, events beyond our control, such as a downturn in the local economy, could adversely affect the performance of the commercial real estate loan portfolio. We seek to minimize these risks by lending to established customers and generally restricting our commercial real estate loans to our primary market area. Emphasis is placed on the income producing characteristics and quality of the collateral.

Loans associated with commercial real estate lending are included in the commercial, financial and agricultural category in Table 18: Summary of Loans Held for Investment.

Land Acquisition and Development Lending

The community banking segment makes land acquisition and development loans to builders and developers for the purpose of acquiring unimproved land to be developed for residential building sites, residential housing subdivisions, multi-family dwellings and a variety of commercial uses. Our policy is to make land acquisition loans to borrowers for the purpose of acquiring developed lots for single-family, townhouse or condominium construction. We will make both land acquisition and development loans to residential builders, experienced developers and others in strong financial condition to provide additional construction and mortgage lending opportunities for the Bank.

We underwrite and process land acquisition and development loans in much the same manner as commercial construction loans and commercial real estate loans. For land acquisition and development loans, we use lower loan-to-value ratios, which are a maximum of 65 percent for raw land, 75 percent for land development and improved lots and 80 percent of the discounted appraised value of the property as determined in accordance with the appraisal policies for

Table of Contents

developed lots for single-family or townhouse construction. We can waive the maximum loan-to-value ratio for particularly strong borrowers on an exception basis. The term of land acquisition and development loans ranges from a maximum of two years for loans relating to the acquisition of unimproved land to, generally, a maximum of three years for other types of projects. All land acquisition and development loans generally are further secured by one or more personal guarantees. Because these loans are usually larger in amount and involve more risk than consumer lot loans, we carefully evaluate the borrower’s assumptions and projections about market conditions and absorption rates in the community in which the property is located and the borrower’s ability to carry the loan if the borrower’s assumptions prove inaccurate.

Loans associated with land acquisition and development lending are included in the commercial, financial and agricultural category in Table 18: Summary of Loans Held for Investment.

Builder Line Lending

The community banking segment offers builder lines of credit to residential home builders to support their land and lot inventory needs. A construction loan facility for a builder will typically have an expiration of 24 months or less. Each loan that is made under the master loan facility will have a stated maturity that allows time for the residential unit to be constructed and sold to a homebuyer under prevailing market conditions. Specific terms vary based on the purpose of the loan (e.g., lot inventory, spec or non pre-sold units, pre-sold units) and previous sales activity to new homebuyers in the particular development. Repayment relies upon the successful performance of the underlying residential real estate project. This type of lending carries a higher level of risk related to residential real estate market conditions, a functioning first and secondary market in which to sell residential properties, and the borrower’s ability to manage inventory and run projects. We manage this risk by lending to experienced builders and by using specific underwriting policies and procedures for these types of loans.

Loans associated with builder line lending are included in the commercial, financial and agricultural category in Table 18: Summary of Loans Held for Investment.

Commercial Business Lending

The community banking segment’s commercial business loan products include revolving lines of credit to provide working capital, term loans to finance the purchase of vehicles and equipment, letters of credit to guarantee payment and performance, and other commercial loans. In general, these credit facilities carry the unconditional guaranty of the owners and/or stockholders.

Revolving and operating lines of credit are typically secured by all current assets of the borrower, provide for the acceleration of repayment upon any event of default, are monitored to ensure compliance with loan covenants, and are re-underwritten or renewed annually. Interest rates generally will float at a spread tied to the Bank’s prime lending rate. Term loans are generally advanced for the purchase of, and are secured by, vehicles and equipment and are normally fully amortized over a term of two to seven years, on either a fixed or floating rate basis.

Loans associated with commercial business lending are included in the commercial, financial and agricultural category in Table 18: Summary of Loans Held for Investment.

Equity Line Lending

The community banking segment offers its customers home equity lines of credit that enable customers to borrow funds secured by the equity in their homes. Currently, home equity lines of credit are offered with adjustable rates of interest that are generally priced at a spread to the prime lending rate. Home equity lines of credit are made on an open-end, revolving basis. Home equity lines of credit generally do not present as much risk to the Bank as other types of consumer loans. These lines of credit must satisfy our underwriting criteria, including loan-to-value and credit score guidelines.

Table of Contents

Loans associated with equity line lending are included in the equity lines category in Table 18: Summary of Loans Held for Investment.

Consumer Lending

The community banking segment offers a variety of consumer loans, including automobile, personal secured and unsecured, and loans secured by savings accounts or certificates of deposit. The shorter terms and generally higher interest rates on consumer loans help the Bank maintain a profitable spread between its average loan yield and its cost of funds. Consumer loans secured by collateral other than a personal residence generally involve more credit risk than residential mortgage loans because of the type and nature of the collateral or, in certain cases, the absence of collateral. However, we believe the higher yields generally earned on such loans compensate for the increased credit risk associated with such loans. These loans must satisfy our underwriting criteria, including loan-to-value, debt ratio and credit score guidelines.

Loans associated with consumer lending are included in the consumer category in Table 18: Summary of Loans Held for Investment. This loan category also includes demand deposit overdrafts.

Consumer Finance

The consumer finance segment has an extensive automobile dealer network through which it purchases installment contracts throughout its markets. Credit approval is centralized, which along with the application processing system, ensures that contract purchase decisions comply with C&F Finance’s underwriting policies and procedures.

Finance contract application packages completed by prospective borrowers are submitted by the automobile dealers electronically through a third-party online automotive sales and finance platform to C&F Finance’s automated origination and application system, which processes the credit bureau report, generates all relevant loan calculations and displays the requested contract structure. C&F Finance personnel with credit authority review the transaction and determine whether to approve or deny the purchase of the contract. The purchase decision is based primarily on the applicant’s credit history with emphasis on prior auto loan history, current employment status, income, collateral type and mileage, and the loan-to-value ratio.

The consumer finance segment’s underwriting and collateral guidelines form the basis for the purchase decision. Exceptions to credit policies and authorities must be approved by a designated credit officer. C&F Finance’s typical automobile customers have experienced prior credit difficulties. Because C&F Finance serves customers who are unable to meet the credit standards imposed by most traditional automobile financing sources, we expect C&F Finance to sustain a higher level of credit losses in the automobile portfolio than traditional financing sources. However, C&F Finance generally purchases these contracts with interest at higher rates than those charged by traditional financing sources. These higher rates should more than offset the increase in the provision for loan losses for this segment of the Corporation’s loan portfolio. In limited circumstances, C&F Finance purchases loans that include third-party credit enhancements that limit C&F Finance’s exposure to credit losses on those loans. Beginning in 2016 with C&F Finance’s implementation of a scorecard model for purchasing loan contracts, the credit-worthiness of borrowers at origination has improved for automobile loans purchased by C&F Finance and both the interest rates charged and level of credit losses experienced have decreased.

In addition to purchasing automobile contracts through a dealer network, C&F Finance began purchasing marine and RV contracts, also on an indirect basis, through a third party provider in 2018. While the approval process is generally the same as the automobile approval process described above, borrowers on marine and RV contracts purchased by C&F Finance have not had prior credit issues and these contracts are considered prime. The rates charged on these loans are significantly less than the automobile portfolio with a much lower expected level of credit losses.

Loans associated with indirect automobile and marine and recreational vehicle financing are included in the consumer finance category in Table 18: Summary of Loans Held for Investment.

Table of Contents

SECURITIES

The investment portfolio plays a primary role in the management of the Corporation’s interest rate sensitivity. In addition, the portfolio serves as a source of liquidity and is used as needed to meet collateral requirements. The investment portfolio consists of securities available for sale, which may be sold in response to changes in market interest rates, changes in prepayment risk, increases in loan demand, general liquidity needs and other similar factors. These securities are carried at estimated fair value. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, all securities in the Corporation’s investment portfolio were classified as available for sale.

Table 22 sets forth the composition of the Corporation’s securities available for sale in dollar amounts at fair value and as a percentage of the Corporation’s total securities available for sale at the dates indicated.

TABLE 22: Securities Available for Sale


	December 31, 2021				December 31, 2020
(Dollars in thousands)	Amount		Percent		Amount		Percent
U.S. government agencies and corporations	$	68,285	18	%	$	48,282	17	%
Mortgage-backed securities		190,349	51			123,714	43
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		92,666	25			102,805	36
Corporate and other debt securities		21,773	6			11,588	4
Total available for sale securities at fair value	$	373,073	100	%	$	286,389	100	%

Securities available for sale increased by $86.7 million to $373.1 million at December 31, 2021, compared to $286.4 million at December 31, 2020, due primarily to purchases of mortgage-backed securities, corporate and other debt securities and U.S. government agency debt securities with short maturities, in order to utilize excess liquidity by investing in debt securities rather than holding lower-yielding cash reserves.

The Corporation seeks to diversify its portfolio to minimize risk, including by purchasing (1) shorter-duration mortgage-backed securities to reduce interest rate risk and for cash flow and reinvestment opportunities and (2) securities issued by states and political subdivisions due to the tax benefits and the higher tax-adjusted yield obtained from these securities. All of the Corporation’s mortgage-backed securities are direct issues of United States government agencies or government-sponsored enterprises. Collectively, these entities provide a guarantee, which is either explicitly or implicitly supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government, that investors in such mortgage-backed securities will receive timely principal and interest payments. The Corporation also invests in the debt securities of corporate issuers, primarily financial institutions, that the Corporation views as having a strong financial position and earnings potential.

Table 23 presents additional information pertaining to the composition of the securities portfolio at amortized cost, by the earlier of contractual maturity or expected maturity. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

Table of Contents

TABLE 23: Maturity of Securities



	December 31, 2021
			Weighted
	Amortized		Average
(Dollars in thousands)	Cost		Yield¹
U.S. government agencies and corporations:
Maturing within 1 year	$	36,191	1.31	%
Maturing after 1 year, but within 5 years		15,619	1.08
Maturing after 5 years, but within 10 years		11,291	1.29
Maturing after 10 years		6,482	1.52
Total U.S. government agencies and corporations		69,583	1.13
Mortgage-backed securities:
Maturing within 1 year		1,481	1.66
Maturing after 1 year, but within 5 years		152,824	1.20
Maturing after 5 years, but within 10 years		34,912	1.40
Maturing after 10 years		768	2.71
Total mortgage-backed securities		189,985	1.24
States and municipals:¹
Maturing within 1 year		18,721	2.86
Maturing after 1 year, but within 5 years		40,282	1.86
Maturing after 5 years, but within 10 years		30,060	1.67
Maturing after 10 years		2,241	2.63
Total states and municipals		91,304	2.02
Corporate and other debt securities:
Maturing within 1 year		1,676	2.79
Maturing after 1 year, but within 5 years		16,472	3.39
Maturing after 5 years, but within 10 years		3,500	3.80
Maturing after 10 years		—	—
Total corporate and other debt securities		21,648	3.41
Total securities:
Maturing within 1 year		58,069	1.78
Maturing after 1 year, but within 5 years		225,197	1.22
Maturing after 5 years, but within 10 years		79,763	1.43
Maturing after 10 years		9,491	0.84
Total securities	$	372,520	1.34

1.	Yields on tax-exempt securities have been computed on a taxable-equivalent basis using the federal corporate income tax rate of 21 percent. The weighted average yield is calculated based on the relative amortized costs of the securities.

DEPOSITS

The Corporation’s predominant source of funds is depository accounts, which are comprised of demand deposits, savings and money market accounts, and time deposits. The Corporation’s deposits are principally provided by individuals and businesses located within the communities served.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, deposits increased $162.4 million to $1.91 billion at December 31, 2021, compared to $1.75 billion at December 31, 2020. Demand and savings deposits increased $206.3 million and time deposits decreased $43.9 million during the same period. This increase in demand and savings deposits was due to increases in consumer and business checking accounts and increases in money market and savings accounts, partially as a result of balances shifting from time deposits to demand and savings deposit accounts, due to low interest rates on time deposits.

The Corporation had $5,000 in brokered money market deposits outstanding at December 31, 2021, compared to $6.1 million in brokered money market deposits at December 31, 2020. The source of these brokered deposits is uninvested cash balances held in third-party brokerage sweep accounts. The Corporation uses brokered deposits as a means of diversifying liquidity sources, as opposed to a long-term deposit gathering strategy.

Table of Contents

Table 24 presents the average deposit balances and average rates paid for the years 2021, 2020 and 2019.

TABLE 24: Average Deposits and Rates Paid


	Year Ended December 31,
	2021				2020				2019
	Average		Average		Average		Average		Average		Average
(Dollars in thousands)	Balance		Rate		Balance		Rate		Balance		Rate
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits	$	556,801			$	431,789			$	283,505
Interest-bearing transaction accounts		303,368	0.16	%		260,478	0.21	%		218,394	0.53	%
Money market deposit accounts		318,537	0.25			260,342	0.37			199,840	0.51
Savings accounts		208,506	0.06			163,763	0.07			120,644	0.09
Certificates of deposit		448,922	0.90			490,301	1.64			392,544	3.44
Total interest-bearing deposits		1,279,333	0.42			1,174,884	0.82			931,422	0.98
Total deposits	$	1,836,134			$	1,606,673			$	1,214,927

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the estimated amounts of total uninsured deposits were $573.5 million and $544.2 million, respectively. Table 25 details maturities of the estimated amount of uninsured time deposits at December 31, 2021. The estimate of uninsured deposits generally represents the portion of deposit accounts that exceed the FDIC insurance limit of $250,000 and is calculated based on the same methodologies and assumptions used for purposes of the Bank’s regulatory reporting requirements.

TABLE 25: Maturities of Uninsured Time Deposits


(Dollars in thousands)	December 31, 2021
3 months or less	$	31,208
3-6 months		15,195
6-12 months		45,266
Over 12 months		28,868
Total	$	120,537

BORROWINGS

In addition to deposits, the Corporation utilizes short-term and long-term borrowings as sources of funds. Short-term borrowings from the Federal Reserve Bank and the FHLB may be used to fund the Corporation’s day-to-day operations. Short-term borrowings also include securities sold under agreements to repurchase, which are secured transactions with customers and generally mature the day following the day sold, as well as overnight unsecured fed funds lines with correspondent banks. Long-term borrowings consist of subordinated notes which rank junior to all future senior indebtedness of the Corporation and are structurally subordinated to all existing and future debt and liabilities of the Corporation and its subsidiaries.

Trust I, Trust II and CVBK Trust I are wholly-owned non-operating subsidiaries of the Corporation, formed for the purpose of issuing trust preferred capital securities. Collectively, these trusts have issued $25.0 million of trust preferred capital securities to institutional investors through private placements and $775,000 in common equity that is held by the Corporation. Trust preferred capital securities of $5.0 million issued by CVBK Trust I, $10.0 million issued by Trust I, and $10.0 million issued by Trust II mature in 2033, 2035 and 2037, respectively, and are redeemable at the Corporation’s option. The principal assets of CVBK Trust I, Trust I and Trust II are trust preferred capital notes of the Corporation of $5.2 million, $10.3 million and $10.3 million, respectively, which have like maturities and like interest rates to the trust preferred capital securities. The interest payments by the Corporation on the notes will be used by the trusts to pay the quarterly distributions on the trust preferred capital securities.

Table of Contents

Borrowings increased to $90.5 million at December 30, 2021 from $76.2 million at December 31, 2020 due primarily to a number of commercial deposit customers seeking to provide secured funding through purchases of securities under agreements to resell, and fluctuations in balances with these customers.

For further information concerning the Corporation’s borrowings, refer to Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” under the heading “Note 11: Borrowings.”

OFF-BALANCE-SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

To meet the financing needs of customers, the Corporation is a party, in the normal course of business, to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, commitments to sell loans and standby letters of credit. These instruments involve elements of credit and interest rate risk in addition to the amount on the balance sheet. The Corporation’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit written is represented by the contractual amount of these instruments. We use the same credit policies in making these commitments and conditional obligations as we do for on-balance-sheet instruments. We obtain collateral based on our credit assessment of the customer in each circumstance.

Loan commitments are agreements to extend credit to a customer provided that there are no violations of the terms of the contract prior to funding. Commitments have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee by the customer. Since many of the commitments may expire without being completely drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The total amount of unused loan commitments at the Bank was $305.4 million at December 31, 2021, and $327.0 million at December 31, 2020.

Standby letters of credit are written conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers. The total contract amount of standby letters of credit was $15.1 million at December 31, 2021 and $19.1 million at December 31, 2020.

The mortgage banking segment sells substantially all of the residential mortgage loans it originates to third-party investors. As is customary in the industry, the agreements with these investors require the mortgage banking segment to extend representations and warranties with respect to program compliance, borrower misrepresentation, fraud, and early payment performance. Under the agreements, the investors are entitled to make loss claims and repurchase requests of the mortgage banking segment for loans that contain covered deficiencies. The mortgage banking segment has obtained early payment default recourse waivers for a significant portion of its business. Recourse periods for early payment default for the remaining investors vary from 90 days up to one year. Recourse periods for borrower misrepresentation or fraud, or underwriting error do not have a stated time limit. The mortgage banking segment maintains an allowance for indemnifications that represents management’s estimate of losses that are probable of arising under these recourse provisions. As performance data for loans that have been sold is not made available to the mortgage banking segment by the investors, the estimate of potential losses is inherently subjective and is based on historical indemnification payments and management’s assessment of current conditions that may contribute to indemnified losses on mortgage loans that have been sold in the secondary market, including the volume of loans sold, historical experience, current economic conditions, changes in operational and compliance processes, and information provided by investors. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Corporation reversed $104,000 of provision for indemnifications, as economic conditions, and particularly values of residential real estate, have improved, and, during the year ended December 31, 2020, the Corporation recorded provision for indemnifications of $881,000 due to a high volume of mortgage loan originations coupled with deterioration in economic conditions. There was no provision for indemnifications during the year ended December 31, 2019. The balance of the allowance at December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $3.3 million and $3.4 million, respectively. Actual indemnification payments may differ materially from management’s estimates, which may result in additional provision for indemnification losses in future periods. There were no payments made in 2021 or 2020. Payments made under these recourse provisions were $66,000 in 2019.

Table of Contents

Risks also arise from the possible inability of investors to meet the terms of their contracts. The mortgage banking segment has procedures in place to evaluate the credit risk of investors and does not expect any counterparty to fail to meet its obligations.

The Corporation’s derivative financial instruments include (1) interest rate swaps that qualify and are designated as cash flow hedges on the Corporation’s trust preferred capital notes, (2) interest rate swaps with certain qualifying commercial loan customers and dealer counterparties and (3) interest rate contracts arising from mortgage banking activities, including interest rate lock commitments (IRLCs) on mortgage loans and related forward sales of mortgage loans and mortgage backed securities. For further information concerning the Corporation’s derivatives, refer to Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” under the heading “Note 21: Derivative Financial Instruments.”

LIQUIDITY

The objective of the Corporation’s liquidity management is to ensure the continuous availability of funds to satisfy the credit needs of our customers and the demands of our depositors, creditors and investors. Stable core deposits and a strong capital position are the components of a solid foundation for the Corporation’s liquidity position. Additional sources of liquidity available to the Corporation include cash flows from operations, loan payments and payoffs, deposit growth, maturities, calls and sales of securities, the issuance of brokered certificates of deposit and the capacity to borrow additional funds.

Liquid assets, which include cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits at other banks, federal funds sold and nonpledged securities available for sale, totaled $454.6 million at December 31, 2021 compared to $222.9 million at December 31, 2020. The Corporation’s funding sources, including capacity, amount outstanding and amount available at December 31, 2021 are presented in Table 26.

TABLE 26: Funding Sources


	December 31, 2021
(Dollars in thousands)	Capacity		Outstanding		Available
Unsecured federal funds agreements	$	95,000	$	—	$	95,000
Repurchase lines of credit		35,000		—		35,000
Borrowings from FHLB		217,785		—		217,785
Borrowings from Federal Reserve Bank		110,142		—		110,142
Total	$	457,927	$	—	$	457,927

We have no reason to believe these arrangements will not be renewed at maturity. Additional loans and securities are available that can be pledged as collateral for future borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (FHLB) above the current lendable collateral value. Our ability to maintain sufficient liquidity may be affected by numerous factors, including economic conditions nationally and in our markets. Depending on our liquidity levels, our capital position, conditions in the capital markets, our business operations and initiatives, and other factors, we may from time to time consider the issuance of debt, equity or other securities or other possible capital market transactions, the proceeds of which could provide additional liquidity for our operations.

Time deposits, maturing in less than a year, totaled $324.9 million at December 31, 2021; time deposits, maturing in more than one year, totaled $100.8 million.

In the ordinary course of business, the Corporation has entered into contractual obligations and has made other commitments to make future payments. For further information concerning the Corporation’s expected timing of such payments as of December 31, 2021, refer to Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” under the headings “Note 9: Leases,” “Note 11: Borrowings,” and “Note 18 Commitments and Contingent Liabilities.”

Table of Contents

As a result of the Corporation’s management of liquid assets and the ability to generate liquidity through liability funding, management believes that the Corporation maintains overall liquidity sufficient to satisfy its operational requirements and contractual obligations.

CAPITAL RESOURCES

Total equity was $211.0 million as of December 31, 2021, compared with $194.5 million as of December 31, 2020. During 2020, the Corporation declared common stock dividends of $1.58 per share, compared to $1.52 per share declared in 2020 and $1.49 per share declared in 2019.

The assessment of capital adequacy depends on such factors as asset quality, liquidity, earnings performance, and changing competitive conditions and economic forces. We regularly review the adequacy of the Corporation’s and the Bank’s capital. We maintain a structure that will assure an adequate level of capital to support anticipated asset growth and to absorb potential losses. While we will continue to look for opportunities to invest capital in profitable growth, share repurchases are another tool that facilitates improving shareholder return, as measured by ROE and earnings per share.

Under the small bank holding company policy statement of the Federal Reserve Board, which applies to certain bank holding companies with consolidated total assets of less than $3 billion, the Corporation is not subject to regulatory capital requirements. The disclosure below reflects the Corporation’s consolidated capital as determined under regulations that apply to bank holding companies that are not small bank holding companies and minimum capital requirements that would apply to the Corporation if it were not a small bank holding company.

At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Corporation’s CET1 to total risk-weighted assets ratio was 11.5 percent and 10.9 percent, respectively; the Corporation’s Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio was 13.0 percent and 12.5 percent, respectively; the Corporation’s total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio was 15.8 percent and 15.2 percent, respectively; and the Corporation’s Tier 1 leverage ratio was 9.7 percent and 9.6 percent, respectively. These ratios include $25.0 million of trust preferred capital securities in tier 1 capital of the Corporation and $24.0 million of subordinated notes in Tier 2 capital. Additionally, all applicable regulatory capital ratios of C&F Bank were in excess of mandated minimum requirements at December 31, 2021 and 2020.

In addition to the regulatory risk-based capital requirements, the Bank must maintain a capital conservation buffer of additional capital of 2.5 percent of risk-weighted assets as required by the Basel III Final Rule. Including the capital conservation buffer, the minimum ratios are a common equity Tier I risk-based capital ratio of 7.0 percent, a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of 8.5 percent and a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.5 percent. The Corporation and the Bank exceeded these ratios at December 31, 2021 and 2020.

The Corporation's capital resources may be affected by the 2021 Repurchase Program, which was authorized by the Corporation's Board of Directors during the fourth quarter of 2021. Under the 2021 Repurchase Program, the Corporation is authorized to purchase up to $10.0 million of the Corporation’s common stock. Repurchases under the program may be made through privately negotiated transactions or open market transactions, including pursuant to a trading plan in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 and/or Rule 10b-18 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and shares repurchased will be returned to the status of authorized and unissued shares of common stock. The timing, number and purchase price of shares repurchased under the program will be determined by management in its discretion and will depend on a number of factors, including the market price of the shares, general market and economic conditions, applicable legal requirements and other conditions, and there is no assurance that the Corporation will purchase any shares under the 2021 Repurchase Program. The 2021 Repurchase Program is authorized through November 30, 2022, and, as of December 31, 2021, there was $9.9 million remaining available for repurchases of the Corporation’s common stock under the 2021 Repurchase Program.

Table of Contents

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

Recent accounting pronouncements affecting the Corporation are described in Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” under the heading “Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies-Recent Significant Accounting Pronouncements.”

USE OF CERTAIN NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

The accounting and reporting policies of the Corporation conform to GAAP in the United States and prevailing practices in the banking industry. However, certain non-GAAP measures are used by management to supplement the evaluation of the Corporation’s performance. These include adjusted net income for the Corporation and for the community banking segment, adjusted earnings per share, adjusted ROE, adjusted ROA, tangible book value per share and the following fully-taxable equivalent (FTE) measures: interest income on loans-FTE, interest income on securities-FTE, total interest income-FTE and net interest income-FTE. Interest on tax-exempt loans and securities is presented on a taxable-equivalent basis (which converts the income on loans and investments for which no income taxes are paid to the equivalent yield as if income taxes were paid) using the federal corporate income tax rate of 21 percent that was applicable for all periods presented.

Management believes that the use of these non-GAAP measures provides meaningful information about operating performance by enhancing comparability with other financial periods, other financial institutions, and between different sources of interest income. The non-GAAP measures used by management enhance comparability by excluding the effects of (1) items that do not reflect ongoing operating performance, (2) balances of intangible assets, including goodwill, that vary significantly between institutions, and (3) tax benefits that are not consistent across different opportunities for investment. These non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered an alternative to GAAP-basis financial statements, and other bank holding companies may define or calculate these or similar measures differently.

A reconciliation of the non-GAAP financial measures used by the Corporation to evaluate and measure the Corporation’s performance to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures is presented below.

Table of Contents

TABLE 27: Non-GAAP Table


	For The Year Ended
	December 31,
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)	2021			2020			2019
Adjusted Net Income and Earnings Per Share
Net income, as reported	$	29,123		$	22,424		$	18,850
Sale of PCI loans¹		-			(2,756)			-
Early repayment charges²		-			1,735			-
Pension settlement accounting³		995			-			-
Merger related expenses⁴		-			1,132			653
Branch consolidation⁵		(107)			222			-
Change in tax law		-			(326)			-
Adjusted net income	$	30,011		$	22,431		$	19,503

Weighted average shares - basic and diluted		3,604,119			3,648,696			3,450,745

Earnings per share - basic and diluted, as reported	$	7.95		$	6.06		$	5.47
Sale of PCI loans		-			(0.76)			-
Early repayment charges		-			0.48			-
Pension settlement accounting		0.28			-			-
Merger related expenses		-			0.31			0.19
Branch consolidation		(0.03)			0.06			-
Change in tax law		-			(0.09)			-
Adjusted earnings per share - basic and diluted	$	8.20		$	6.06		$	5.66

Adjusted ROE
Average total equity, as reported	$	197,204		$	178,862		$	156,810

ROE, as reported		14.77	%		12.54	%		12.02	%
Adjusted ROE		15.22	%		12.54	%		12.44	%

Adjusted ROA
Average total assets, as reported	$	2,167,419		$	1,966,299		$	1,565,428

ROA, as reported		1.34	%		1.14	%		1.20	%
Adjusted ROA		1.38	%		1.14	%		1.25	%

Adjusted Net Income, Community Banking Segment
Net income, community banking segment, as reported	$	14,085		$	6,147		$	10,285
Sale of PCI loans¹		-			(2,756)			-
Early repayment charges²		-			1,735			-
Pension settlement accounting³		995			-			-
Merger related expenses⁴		-			1,032			196
Branch consolidation⁵		(107)			222			-
Change in tax law		-			(326)			-
Adjusted net income, community banking segment	$	14,973		$	6,054		$	10,481

________________________

1	Sale of PCI loans is net of related income taxes of $733,000 for the year ended December 31, 2020.

2	Early repayment charges are net of related income tax benefits of $462,000 for the year ended December 31, 2020.

3	Pension settlement expense is net of related income tax benefits of $265,000 for the year ended December 31, 2021.

Merger related expenses are net of related income tax benefits of $264,000 and $56,000 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Merger related expenses for the community banking segment are net of related income tax benefits of $264,000 and $40,000 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

5	Branch consolidation charges consist of income tax benefits of $107,000 for the year ended December 31, 2021. Branch consolidation charges are net of related income taxes of $59,000 for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Table of Contents


	For The Year Ended
	December 31,
Fully Taxable Equivalent Net Interest Income	2021		2020		2019
Interest income on loans	$	88,118	$	90,992	$	87,519
FTE adjustment		97		162		42
FTE interest income on loans	$	88,215	$	91,154	$	87,561

Interest income on securities	$	5,356	$	5,208	$	5,312
FTE adjustment		445		527		561
FTE interest income on securities	$	5,801	$	5,735	$	5,873

Total interest income	$	93,728	$	96,913	$	95,010
FTE adjustment		542		689		603
FTE interest income	$	94,270	$	97,602	$	95,613

Net interest income	$	85,369	$	83,531	$	80,454
FTE adjustment		542		689		603
FTE net interest income	$	85,911	$	84,220	$	81,057


	December 31,
Tangible Book Value Per Share	2021		2020
Equity attributable to C&F Financial Corporation	$	210,318	$	193,805
Less goodwill		25,191		25,191
Less other intangible assets		1,977		2,291
Tangible equity attributable to C&F Financial Corporation	$	183,150	$	166,323

Shares outstanding		3,545,554		3,670,301

Book value per share	$	59.32	$	52.80
Tangible book value per share	$	51.66	$	45.32

Table of Contents

ITEM 7A.QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The Corporation’s primary component of market risk is interest rate volatility. Fluctuations in interest rates will affect the amount of interest income and expense the Corporation receives or pays on a significant portion of its assets and liabilities and the market value of its interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, excluding those which have a very short term until maturity. The Corporation does not subject itself to foreign currency exchange rate risk or commodity price risk due to the current nature of its operations.

The primary objective of the Corporation’s asset/liability management process is to maximize current and future net interest income within acceptable levels of interest rate risk while satisfying liquidity and capital requirements. Management recognizes that a certain amount of interest rate risk is inherent and appropriate. Thus the goal of interest rate risk management is to maintain a balance between risk and reward such that net interest income is maximized while risk is maintained at an acceptable level.

The Corporation assumes interest rate risk in the normal course of operations. The fair values of most of the Corporation’s financial instruments will change when interest rates change and that change may be either favorable or unfavorable to the Corporation. Management attempts to match maturities and repricing dates of assets and liabilities to the extent believed necessary to balance minimizing interest rate risk and increasing net interest income in current market conditions. However, borrowers with fixed rate obligations are less likely to prepay in a rising rate environment and more likely to prepay in a falling rate environment. Conversely, depositors who are receiving fixed rates are more likely to withdraw funds before maturity in a rising rate environment and less likely to do so in a falling rate environment. Management monitors rates, maturities and repricing dates of assets and liabilities and attempts to manage interest rate risk by adjusting terms of new loans, deposits and borrowings, by investing in securities with terms that manage the Corporation’s overall interest rate risk, and in some cases by using derivative contracts to reduce the Corporation’s overall exposure to changes in interest rates. The Corporation does not enter into interest rate-sensitive instruments for trading purposes.

We use simulation analysis to assess earnings at risk and economic value of equity (EVE) analysis to assess economic value at risk. These methods allow management to regularly monitor both the direction and magnitude of the Corporation’s interest rate risk exposure. These modeling techniques involve assumptions and estimates that inherently cannot be measured with complete precision. Key assumptions in the analyses include maturity and repricing characteristics of both assets and liabilities, prepayments on amortizing assets, other embedded options, non-maturity deposit sensitivity and loan and deposit pricing. These assumptions are inherently uncertain due to the timing, magnitude and frequency of rate changes and changes in market conditions and management strategies, among other factors. However, the analyses are useful in quantifying risk and provide a relative gauge of the Corporation’s interest rate risk position over time.

Simulation analysis evaluates the potential effect of upward and downward changes in market interest rates on future net interest income. The analysis involves changing the interest rates used in determining net interest income over the next twelve months. The resulting percentage change in net interest income in various rate scenarios is an indication of the Corporation’s shorter-term interest rate risk. The analysis utilizes a “static” balance sheet approach, which assumes changes in interest rates without any management response to change the composition of the balance sheet. The measurement date balance sheet composition is maintained over the simulation time period with maturing and repayment dollars being rolled back into like instruments for new terms at current market rates. Additional assumptions are applied to modify volumes and pricing under the various rate scenarios. These assumptions include loan prepayments, time deposit early withdrawals, the sensitivity of deposit repricing to changes in market rates, withdrawal behavior of non-maturing deposits, and other factors that management deems significant.

Table of Contents

The simulation analysis results are presented in the table below. These results, based on a measurement date balance sheet as of December 31, 2021, indicate that the Corporation would expect net interest income to decrease over the next twelve months 5.79 percent assuming an immediate downward shift in market interest rates of 200 basis points (BP) and to increase 7.50 percent if rates shifted upward to the same degree.

One-Year Net Interest Income Simulation (dollars in thousands)


	Hypothetical Change in Net
	Interest Income
	Over the Next Twelve Months
	as of December 31,
	2021				2020
Assumed Market Interest Rate Shift	Dollars		Percentage		Dollars		Percentage
-200 BP shock	$	(4,355)	(5.79)	%	$	(2,548)	(3.38)	%
+200 BP shock	$	5,635	7.50	%	$	6,114	8.11	%

The EVE analysis provides information on the risk inherent in the balance sheet that might not be taken into account in the simulation analysis due to the shorter time horizon used in that analysis. The EVE of the balance sheet is defined as the discounted present value of expected asset cash flows minus the discounted present value of the expected liability cash flows. The analysis involves changing the interest rates used in determining the expected cash flows and in discounting the cash flows. The resulting percentage change in net present value in various rate scenarios is an indication of the longer term repricing risk and options embedded in the balance sheet.

The EVE analysis results are presented in the table below. These results as of December 31, 2021 indicate that the EVE would decrease 4.10 percent assuming an immediate downward shift in market interest rates of 200 BP and would increase 0.68 percent if rates shifted upward to the same degree.

Static EVE Change (dollars in thousands)


	Hypothetical Change in EVE
	as of December 31,
	2021				2020
Assumed Market Interest Rate Shift	Dollars		Percentage		Dollars		Percentage
-200 BP shock	$	(11,645)	(4.10)	%	$	19,278	8.14	%
+200 BP shock	$	1,921	0.68	%	$	13,190	5.57	%

As of December 31, 2021, in both the simulation analysis and the EVE analysis, net interest income over the next twelve months and EVE, respectively, increase in the event of an immediate upward shift in interest rates, and decrease in the event of an immediate downward shift in interest rates. As a result of modeled changes in interest rates, the Corporation’s assets would reprice more quickly than the Corporation’s borrowings and deposits primarily due to the shorter maturity or repricing dates of its interest-bearing deposits in other banks and its loan portfolio. In a falling rate environment, the analyses assume that rate-sensitive assets are repriced downward, subject to floors on certain loans, while certain deposit rates are not allowed to decrease below zero.

Certain shortcomings are inherent in the methodology used in the above interest rate risk analyses. Modeling changes in forecasted cash flows and EVE requires making certain assumptions that may or may not reflect the manner in which actual yields and costs respond to changes in market interest rates, and certain assumed scenarios may be impractical to model under different economic circumstances. In particular, due to low market interest rates at December 31, 2021 and 2020, it was not possible to calculate a market rate decrease of 200 BP for all financial instruments, because many market interest rates would fall below zero in that scenario, which is effectively not allowed in our methodology due to modeling constraints. As a result, as of December 31, 2020 the EVE analysis indicated a positive change in EVE corresponding to an immediate downward shift in interest rates, as the present value of rate-sensitive assets increased and

Table of Contents

the corresponding change in the present value of rate-sensitive liabilities was limited by the assumption that market interest rates remain above zero.

The Corporation uses interest rate swaps to manage select exposures to interest rate risk. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange of fixed and variable rate interest payments between two parties, based on a common notional principal amount and maturity date with no exchange of underlying principal amounts. The Corporation has interest rate swaps that qualify as cash flow hedges. The cash flow hedges effectively modify the Corporation’s exposure to interest rate risk associated with the Corporation’s trust preferred capital notes by converting variable rates of interest on the trust preferred capital notes to fixed rates of interest for periods ending between June 2024 and June 2029. Also, as part of the Corporation’s overall strategy for maximizing net interest income while managing interest rate risk, the Corporation enters into interest rate swaps in connection with originating loans to certain commercial borrowers as a means to offer a fixed-rate instrument to the borrower while effectively retaining a variable-rate exposure.

The mortgage banking segment enters into IRLCs with customers to originate loans for which the interest rates are determined prior to funding. The mortgage banking segment then mitigates interest rate risk on these IRLCs and loans held for sale by (1) entering into forward sales contracts with investors at the time that interest rates are locked for loans to be delivered on a best efforts basis or (2) entering into forward sales contracts for unspecified mortgage backed securities (TBA securities) until it can enter into forward sales contracts with investors for loans to be delivered on a mandatory basis. IRLCs, forward sales of loans and forward sales of TBA securities are derivative financial instruments.

We believe that our current interest rate exposure is manageable and does not indicate any significant exposure to interest rate changes.

Table of Contents

ITEM 8.FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

C&F FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS


	December 31,
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)	2021		2020
Assets
Cash and due from banks	$	19,692	$	17,742
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks		248,053		68,927
Total cash and cash equivalents		267,745		86,669
Securities—available for sale at fair value, amortized cost of $372,520 and $280,824, respectively		373,073		286,389
Loans held for sale, at fair value		82,295		214,266
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses of $40,157 and $39,156, respectively		1,369,903		1,313,250
Restricted stock, at cost		1,027		1,636
Corporate premises and equipment, net		44,799		44,132
Other real estate owned, net of valuation allowance of $0 and $207, respectively		835		907
Accrued interest receivable		6,810		8,103
Goodwill		25,191		25,191
Other intangible assets, net		1,977		2,291
Bank-owned life insurance		20,597		20,205
Net deferred tax asset		13,608		13,555
Other assets		56,661		69,716
Total assets	$	2,264,521	$	2,086,310

Liabilities
Deposits
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits	$	581,694	$	501,945
Savings and interest-bearing demand deposits		907,199		780,645
Time deposits		425,721		469,583
Total deposits		1,914,614		1,752,173
Short-term borrowings		34,735		20,455
Long-term borrowings		30,375		30,398
Trust preferred capital notes		25,351		25,316
Accrued interest payable		715		1,109
Other liabilities		47,707		62,388
Total liabilities		2,053,497		1,891,839

Commitments and contingent liabilities (Note 18)

Equity
Common stock ($1.00 par value, 8,000,000 shares authorized, 3,545,554 and 3,670,301 shares issued and outstanding, respectively, includes 140,577 and 155,945 of unvested shares, respectively)		3,405		3,514
Additional paid-in capital		15,189		21,427
Retained earnings		193,811		170,819
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net		(2,087)		(1,955)
Equity attributable to C&F Financial Corporation		210,318		193,805
Noncontrolling interest		706		666
Total equity		211,024		194,471
Total liabilities and equity	$	2,264,521	$	2,086,310

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

Table of Contents

C&F FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME


	Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)	2021		2020		2019
Interest income
Interest and fees on loans	$	88,118	$	90,992	$	87,519
Interest on interest-bearing deposits and federal funds sold		254		713		2,179
Interest and dividends on securities
U.S. government agencies and corporations		705		463		427
Mortgage-backed securities		1,972		2,109		2,210
Tax-exempt obligations of states and political subdivisions		1,678		1,984		2,110
Taxable obligations of states and political subdivisions		386		406		358
Other		615		246		207
Total interest income		93,728		96,913		95,010
Interest expense
Savings and interest-bearing deposits		1,409		1,614		2,298
Time deposits		4,028		8,020		6,796
Borrowings		1,771		2,592		4,327
Trust preferred capital notes		1,151		1,156		1,135
Total interest expense		8,359		13,382		14,556
Net interest income		85,369		83,531		80,454
Provision for loan losses		575		11,080		8,515
Net interest income after provision for loan losses		84,794		72,451		71,939
Noninterest income
Gains on sales of loans		22,279		29,224		10,603
Mortgage banking fee income		6,482		7,713		4,700
Interchange income		5,740		4,768		4,203
Service charges on deposit accounts		3,718		3,357		3,923
Wealth management services income, net		2,761		2,618		2,029
Mortgage lender services income		2,492		2,176		390
Other service charges and fees		1,585		1,551		1,496
Net gains on sales, maturities and calls of available for sale securities		42		38		10
Other income, net		4,064		3,162		4,089
Total noninterest income		49,163		54,607		31,443
Noninterest expenses
Salaries and employee benefits		58,581		57,668		47,201
Occupancy		8,859		8,639		7,912
Early debt repayment charges		—		2,197		—
Other		28,435		29,335		24,337
Total noninterest expenses		95,875		97,839		79,450
Income before income taxes		38,082		29,219		23,932
Income tax expense		8,959		6,795		5,082
Net income		29,123		22,424	$	18,850
Less net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest		456		307		(9)
Net income attributable to C&F Financial Corporation	$	28,667	$	22,117	$	18,859
Net income per share - basic and diluted	$	7.95	$	6.06	$	5.47

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

Table of Contents

C&F FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME


	Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2021		2020		2019
Net income	$	29,123	$	22,424	$	18,850
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Defined benefit plan:
Net actuarial gains (losses) arising during the period		2,274		(1,706)		(409)
Related income tax effects		(478)		358		86
Reclassification of recognized net actuarial losses into net income¹		1,504		197		187
Related income tax effects		(316)		(42)		(38)
Amortization of prior service credit into net income¹		(68)		(66)		(68)
Related income tax effects		14		14		14
Defined benefit plan, net of tax		2,930		(1,245)		(228)

Cash flow hedges:
Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during the period		1,216		(1,737)		(325)
Related income tax effects		(313)		447		84
Amortization of hedging gains into net income²		(7)		(11)		(56)
Related income tax effects		2		3		14
Cash flow hedges, net of tax		898		(1,298)		(283)

Securities available for sale:
Unrealized holding (losses) gains arising during the period		(4,971)		3,629		3,724
Related income tax effects		1,044		(762)		(782)
Reclassification of net realized gains into net income³		(42)		(38)		(10)
Related income tax effects		9		8		2
Securities available for sale, net of tax		(3,960)		2,837		2,934
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax		(132)		294		2,423
Comprehensive income		28,991		22,718		21,273
Less comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest		456		307		(9)
Comprehensive income attributable to C&F Financial Corporation	$	28,535	$	22,411	$	21,282

1	These items are included in the computation of net periodic benefit cost and are included in “Noninterest expenses-Other” on the Consolidated Statements of Income. See “Note 14: Employee Benefit Plans,” for additional information.

2	These items are included in “Interest expense – Trust preferred capital notes” on the Consolidated Statements of Income.

3	These items are included in “Net gains on sales, maturities and calls of available for sale securities” on the Consolidated Statements of Income.

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

Table of Contents

C&F FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY


	Attributable to C&F Financial Corporation
							Accumulated
			Additional				Other
	Common		Paid - In		Retained		Comprehensive		Noncontrolling		Total
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)	Stock		Capital		Earnings		Loss, Net		Interest		Equity
Balance December 31, 2018	$	3,358	$	12,752	$	140,520	$	(4,672)		—	$	151,958
Comprehensive income:
Net income (loss)		—		—		18,859		—		(9)		18,850
Other comprehensive income		—		—		—		2,423		—		2,423
Issuance of noncontrolling interest		—		—		—		—		490		490
Share-based compensation		—		1,466		—		—		—		1,466
Restricted stock vested		32		(32)		—		—		—		—
Common stock issued		3		137		—		—		—		140
Common stock purchased		(97)		(4,820)		—		—		—		(4,917)
Cash dividends declared ($1.49 per share)		—		—		(5,131)		—		—		(5,131)
Balance December 31, 2019		3,296		9,503		154,248		(2,249)		481		165,279
Comprehensive income:
Net income		—		—		22,117		—		307		22,424
Other comprehensive income		—		—		—		294		—		294
Share-based compensation		—		1,447		—		—		—		1,447
Restricted stock vested		30		(30)		—		—		—		—
Acquisition of Peoples Bankshares, Incorporated		210		11,402								11,612
Common stock issued		4		140		—		—		—		144
Common stock purchased		(26)		(1,035)		—		—		—		(1,061)
Cash dividends declared ($1.52 per share)		—		—		(5,546)		—		—		(5,546)
Distributions to noncontrolling interest		—		—		—		—		(122)		(122)
Balance December 31, 2020		3,514		21,427		170,819		(1,955)		666		194,471
Comprehensive income:
Net income		—		—		28,667		—		456		29,123
Other comprehensive loss		—		—		—		(132)		—		(132)
Share-based compensation		—		1,697		—		—		—		1,697
Restricted stock vested		51		(51)		—		—		—		—
Common stock issued		5		183		—		—		—		188
Common stock purchased		(165)		(8,067)		—		—		—		(8,232)
Cash dividends declared ($1.58 per share)		—		—		(5,675)		—		—		(5,675)
Distributions to noncontrolling interest		—		—		—		—		(416)		(416)
Balance December 31, 2021	$	3,405	$	15,189	$	193,811	$	(2,087)	$	706	$	211,024

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

Table of Contents

C&F FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS


	Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2021		2020		2019
Operating activities:
Net income	$	29,123	$	22,424	$	18,850
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Provision for loan losses		575		11,080		8,515
Accretion of certain acquisition-related discounts, net		(2,727)		(3,707)		(2,871)
Share-based compensation		1,697		1,447		1,466
Depreciation and amortization		4,741		4,189		3,866
Accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums on securities, net		3,550		2,271		1,534
Deferred income taxes		(90)		(817)		354
Provision for indemnifications		(104)		881		—
Income from bank-owned life insurance		(526)		(506)		(711)
Gains on sales of loans held for investment		—		(3,489)		—
Early debt repayment charges		—		2,197		—
Pension expense		2,131		793		649
Pension contribution		—		(2,000)		—
Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale		1,613,467		1,668,113		903,968
Origination of loans held for sale		(1,467,675)		(1,765,449)		(941,001)
Gains on sales of loans held for sale		(22,279)		(25,735)		(10,603)
Other (gains) losses, net		(591)		624		(28)
Change in other assets and liabilities:
Accrued interest receivable		1,293		(897)		660
Other assets		1,283		6,882		137
Accrued interest payable		(394)		(442)		371
Other liabilities		(6,087)		1,767		212
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities		157,387		(80,374)		(14,632)
Investing activities:
Acquisition of Peoples Bankshares, Incorporated		—		19,101		—
Disposition of assets related to business combination		—		8,004		—
Proceeds from sales, maturities and calls of securities available for sale and payments on mortgage-backed securities		114,019		123,741		75,583
Purchases of securities available for sale		(209,224)		(201,870)		(48,216)
Maturities (purchases) of time deposits, net		5,930		(5,478)		—
Repayments on loans held for investment by non-bank affiliates		161,299		129,011		123,140
Purchases of loans held for investment by non-bank affiliates		(216,681)		(132,897)		(149,377)
Proceeds from sales of loans held for investment		—		3,366		—
Net decrease (increase) in community banking loans held for investment		3,424		(110,862)		(31,886)
Proceeds from bank-owned life insurance		173		—		785
Purchases of corporate premises and equipment		(4,786)		(10,228)		(2,706)
Changes in collateral posted with other financial institutions, net		6,040		(7,400)		(2,490)
Other investing activities, net		1,113		2,226		(762)
Net cash used in investing activities		(138,693)		(183,286)		(35,929)
Financing activities:
Net increase in demand and savings deposits		206,303		318,598		34,093
Net (decrease) increase in time deposits		(43,583)		(29,212)		75,496
Net increase in short-term borrowings		14,280		4,095		1,444
Proceeds from long-term borrowings		—		19,924		7,000
Repayments of long-term borrowings		—		(121,726)		(7,000)
Repurchases of common stock		(8,232)		(1,061)		(4,917)
Cash dividends paid		(5,675)		(5,546)		(5,131)
Other financing activities, net		(711)		(176)		(4)
Net cash provided by financing activities		162,382		184,896		100,981
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		181,076		(78,764)		50,420
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period		86,669		165,433		115,013
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	267,745	$	86,669	$	165,433
Supplemental cash flow disclosures:
Interest paid	$	9,076	$	14,168	$	14,150
Income taxes paid		10,545		6,410		2,296
Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities:
Transfers from loans to other real estate owned	$	—	$	63	$	496
Transfers from corporate premises and equipment to other real estate owned		—		—		835
Issuance of noncontrolling interest		—		—		490

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

Table of Contents

C&F FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation: The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of C&F Financial Corporation (the Corporation), its direct wholly-owned subsidiary, Citizens and Farmers Bank (the Bank or C&F Bank), and indirect subsidiaries that are wholly-owned or controlled. Subsidiaries that are less than wholly owned are fully consolidated if they are controlled by the Corporation or one of its subsidiaries, and the portion of any subsidiary not owned by the Corporation is reported as noncontrolling interest. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. In addition, the Corporation owns all of the common stock of C&F Financial Statutory Trust I, C&F Financial Statutory Trust II, and Central Virginia Bankshares Statutory Trust I, all of which are unconsolidated subsidiaries. The subordinated debt owed to these trusts is reported as liabilities of the Corporation. The accounting and reporting policies of the Corporation conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP) and to predominant practices within the banking industry.

Nature of Operations: The Corporation is a bank holding company incorporated under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia. The Corporation owns all of the stock of its subsidiary, C&F Bank, which is an independent commercial bank chartered under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia.

C&F Bank has 5 wholly-owned subsidiaries: C&F Mortgage Corporation (C&F Mortgage), C&F Finance Company (C&F Finance), C&F Wealth Management Corporation (C&F Wealth Management), C&F Insurance Services, Inc., and CVB Title Services, Inc., all incorporated under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia. C&F Mortgage, organized in September 1995, originates and sells residential mortgages, provides mortgage loan origination services to third-party lenders and, through its subsidiary Certified Appraisals LLC, provides ancillary mortgage loan production services for residential appraisals. C&F Mortgage owns a 51 percent interest in C&F Select LLC, which was organized in January 2019 and is also engaged in the business of originating and selling residential mortgages. C&F Finance, acquired in September 2002, is a finance company purchasing automobile, marine and recreational vehicle (RV) loans through indirect lending programs. C&F Wealth Management, organized in April 1995, is a full-service brokerage firm offering a comprehensive range of wealth management services and insurance products through third-party service providers. C&F Insurance Services, Inc. and CVB Title Services, Inc. were organized for the primary purpose of owning equity interests in an independent insurance agency and a full service title and settlement agency, respectively. Business segment data is presented in Note 20.

Basis of Presentation: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, impairment of loans and evaluation of goodwill for impairment. In the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, which are necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations in these financial statements, have been made.

The COVID-19 pandemic has caused a significant disruption in economic activity worldwide, including in market areas served by the Corporation. Estimates for the allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2021 include probable losses related to the pandemic. While there have been signals of economic recovery and a resumption of many types of business activity, there remains significant uncertainty involved in the measurement of these losses. If economic conditions deteriorate, then additional provision for loan losses may be required in future periods. It is unknown how long these conditions will last and what the ultimate financial impact will be to the Corporation.

Reclassification: Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior period financial statements to conform to the current period presentation. None of these reclassifications are considered material.

Table of Contents

Significant Group Concentrations of Credit Risk: States in which significant concentrations of the Corporation’s lending activities exist include Virginia, Tennessee, Georgia and Ohio. At December 31, 2021, 50.9 percent of the Corporation’s loan portfolio consisted of commercial, financial and agricultural loans, which include loans secured by real estate for builder lines, acquisition and development and commercial development, as well as commercial loans secured by personal property. In addition, 22.2 percent of the Corporation’s loan portfolio consisted of consumer finance loans to individuals, secured by automobiles. The Corporation does not have any significant loan concentrations to any one customer. Additional information about the Corporation’s lending activities is presented in Note 4.

Cash and Cash Equivalents: For purposes of the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash, balances due from banks, interest-bearing deposits in banks and federal funds sold, all of which mature within 90 days. The Bank is typically required to maintain cash reserve balances on hand or with the Federal Reserve Bank (FRB). At December 31, 2021 and 2020, there was no minimum reserve requirement as a result of a rule adopted by the FRB in March 2020 eliminating the reserve requirement.

Securities: Investments in debt securities are classified as either held to maturity, available for sale, or trading, based on management’s intent. Currently all of the Corporation’s debt securities are classified as available for sale. Available for sale debt securities are carried at estimated fair value with the corresponding unrealized gains and losses recognized in other comprehensive income. Gains or losses are recognized in net income on the trade date using the amortized cost of the specific security sold. Purchase premiums are recognized in interest income using the effective interest rate method over the period from purchase to maturity or, for callable securities, the earliest call date, and purchase discounts are recognized in the same manner from purchase to maturity.

Impairment of debt securities occurs when the fair value of a security is less than its amortized cost. For debt securities, impairment is considered other-than-temporary and recognized in its entirety in net income if either (i) we intend to sell the security or (ii) it is more-likely-than-not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If, however, the Corporation does not intend to sell the security and it is not more-likely-than-not that the Corporation will be required to sell the security before recovery, the Corporation must determine what portion of the impairment is attributable to a credit loss, which occurs when the amortized cost basis of the security exceeds the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected from the security. If there is no credit loss, there is no other-than-temporary impairment. If there is a credit loss, other-than-temporary impairment exists, and the credit loss must be recognized in net income and the remaining portion of impairment must be recognized in other comprehensive income. The Corporation regularly reviews unrealized losses in its investments in securities based on criteria including the extent to which market value is below amortized cost, the duration of that market decline, the financial health of and specific prospects for the issuer, the Corporation’s best estimate of the present value of cash flows expected to be collected from debt securities, the Corporation’s intention with regard to holding the security to maturity and the likelihood that the Corporation would be required to sell the security before recovery.

Loans Held for Sale: The Corporation has elected to use a fair value accounting option for loans originated for resale by its mortgage banking segment. These loans are classified as loans held for sale (LHFS) and are measured at fair value in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 820 - Fair Value Measurement, with changes in fair value reported in net income as a component of “Gains on sales of loans.” Substantially all loans originated by the mortgage banking segment are held for sale to outside investors.

Loans Acquired in a Business Combination: Loans acquired in a business combination, such as the Corporation’s acquisition of Peoples, are recorded at estimated fair value on the date of acquisition without the carryover of the related allowance for loan losses. Purchased credit-impaired (PCI) loans are those for which there is evidence of credit deterioration since origination and for which it is probable at the date of acquisition that the Corporation will not collect all contractually required principal and interest payments. When determining fair value, PCI loans were aggregated into pools of loans based on common risk characteristics as of the date of acquisition such as loan type, date of origination, and evidence of credit quality deterioration such as internal risk grades and past due and nonaccrual status. The difference between contractually required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition is referred to as the “nonaccretable difference,” and is not recorded. Any excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value is referred to as the accretable yield and is recognized as interest income over the remaining life

Table of Contents

of the loan when there is a reasonable expectation about the amount and timing of such cash flows. On a quarterly basis, the Corporation evaluates its estimate of cash flows expected to be collected. Estimates of cash flows for PCI loans require significant judgment. Subsequent decreases to the expected cash flows will generally result in a provision for loan losses, while subsequent increases in cash flows may result in a reversal of post-acquisition provision for loan losses, or a transfer from nonaccretable difference to accretable yield that increases interest income over the remaining life of the loan or pool(s) of loans. Disposals of loans, which may include sale of loans to third parties, receipt of payments in full or part from the borrower or foreclosure of the collateral, result in removal of the loan from the PCI loan portfolio at its carrying amount.

PCI loans are not classified as nonperforming loans by the Corporation at the time they are acquired, regardless of whether they had been classified as nonperforming by the previous holder of such loans, and they will not be classified as nonperforming so long as, at quarterly re-estimation periods, we believe we will fully collect the new carrying value of the pools of loans.

Loans not designated PCI loans as of the acquisition date are designated purchased performing loans. The Corporation accounts for purchased performing loans using the contractual cash flows method of recognizing discount accretion based on the acquired loans’ contractual cash flows. Purchased performing loans are recorded at fair value, including a credit discount. The fair value discount is accreted as an adjustment to yield over the estimated lives of the loans. There is no allowance for loan losses established at the acquisition date for purchased performing loans. A provision for loan losses may be required in future periods for any deterioration in these loans in future periods.

Originated Loans: The Corporation makes mortgage, commercial and consumer loans to customers. The Corporation’s recorded investment in loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off generally is reported at the unpaid principal balances adjusted for charges-offs, unearned discounts, any deferred fees or costs on originated loans, and the allowance for loan losses. Interest on loans is credited to operations based on the principal amount outstanding. Loan fees and origination costs are deferred and the net amount is amortized as an adjustment of the related loan’s yield using the level-yield method. The Corporation is amortizing these amounts over the contractual life of the related loans.

The Corporation considers a loan impaired when it is probable that the Corporation will be unable to collect all interest and principal payments as scheduled in the loan agreement. A loan is not considered impaired during a period of delay in payment if the ultimate collectibility of all amounts due is expected. Impairment is measured based on either the fair value of the loan using the loan’s obtainable market price or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent, or using the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, which is not a fair value measurement. Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment.

Troubled debt restructurings (TDRs) occur when the Corporation agrees to significantly modify the original terms of a loan due to the deterioration in the financial condition of the borrower. TDRs are considered impaired loans and are evaluated individually. Upon designation as a TDR, the Corporation evaluates the borrower’s payment history, past due status and ability to make payments based on the revised terms of the loan. If a loan was accruing prior to being modified as a TDR and if the Corporation concludes that the borrower is able to make such payments, and there are no other factors or circumstances that would cause it to conclude otherwise, the loan will remain on an accruing status. If a loan was on nonaccrual status at the time of the TDR, the loan will remain on nonaccrual status following the modification and may be returned to accrual status based on the policy for returning loans to accrual status as noted above.

Table of Contents

The Corporation has accommodated certain borrowers affected by the COVID-19 pandemic by granting short-term payment deferrals or periods of interest-only payments, including loans that remain in deferral as of December 31, 2021, with an aggregate balance of $7.20 million. Generally, a short-term payment deferral does not result in a loan modification being classified as a TDR. Additionally, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (CARES Act), enacted on March 27, 2020, and as subsequently supplemented, provided that certain loan modifications that were (1) related to COVID-19 and (2) for loans that were not more than 30 days past due as of December 31, 2019 are not required to be designated as TDRs.

In the ordinary course of business, the Corporation has entered into commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. Such financial instruments are recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets when they are funded.

Paycheck Protection Program: Beginning in April 2020, the Corporation originated loans under the Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) of the Small Business Administration (SBA). PPP loans are fully guaranteed by the SBA, and in some cases borrowers may be eligible to obtain forgiveness of the loans, in which case loans would be repaid by the SBA. As repayment of the PPP loans is guaranteed by the SBA, the Corporation does not recognize a reserve for PPP loans in its allowance for loan losses. The Corporation received fees from the SBA of 1 percent to 5 percent of the principal amount of each loan originated under the PPP. Fees received from the SBA are recognized net of direct origination costs in interest income over the life of the related loans. Recognition of fees related to PPP loans is dependent upon the timing of ultimate repayment or forgiveness. Aggregate fees from the SBA of $6.31 million, net of direct costs, have been collected upon origination of PPP loans, of which $679,000 remain unrecognized as of December 31, 2021. In 2021 and 2020, the Corporation recognized $4.06 million and $1.56 million in net loan fees related to PPP loans in interest income on loans in the Consolidated Statements of Income, respectively.

Allowance for Loan Losses: The allowance for loan losses is established through charges to earnings in the form of a provision for loan losses. Loan losses are charged against the allowance for loan losses for the difference between the carrying value of the loan and the estimated net realizable value or fair value of the collateral, if collateral dependent, when management believes that the collectibility of the principal is unlikely. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.

The allowance represents an amount that, in management’s judgment, will be adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Management’s judgment in determining the level of the allowance is based on evaluations of the collectibility of loans while taking into consideration such factors as trends in delinquencies and charge-offs, changes in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions that may affect a borrower’s ability to repay and the value of collateral, overall portfolio quality and review of specific potential losses. This evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. The evaluation also considers the following risk characteristics of each loan portfolio:

●

Real estate residential mortgage loans carry risks associated with the continued credit-worthiness of the borrower and changes in the value of the collateral.

●

Commercial, financial and agricultural loans carry risks associated with the successful operation of a business or a real estate project, in addition to other risks associated with the ownership of real estate, because the repayment of these loans may be dependent upon the profitability and cash flows of the business or project. In addition, there is risk associated with the value of collateral other than real estate which may depreciate over time and cannot be appraised with as much precision.

●

Consumer and consumer finance loans carry risks associated with the continued credit-worthiness of the borrower and the value of the collateral (e.g., rapidly-depreciating assets such as automobiles and marine and recreational

Table of Contents

vehicles (RVs)), or lack thereof. Consumer loans are more likely than real estate loans to be immediately adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy.

●

Equity lines of credit carry risks associated with the continued credit-worthiness of the borrower and changes in the value of the collateral.

The allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are individually evaluated for impairment, and is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of an impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. For collateral dependent loans, an updated appraisal will be ordered if a current one is not on file. Appraisals are performed by independent third-party appraisers with relevant industry experience. Adjustments to the appraised value may be made based on recent sales of similar properties or general market conditions when appropriate. The general component covers non-classified loans and those loans classified as substandard or special mention that are not individually evaluated for impairment. The general component is based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors, such as current economic conditions, including current home sales and foreclosures, unemployment rates and retail sales. Relative to non-classified loans, non-impaired classified loans are assigned a higher allowance factor which increases with the severity of classification. The characteristics of these loan ratings are as follows:

●

Special mention loans have a specific identified weakness in the borrower’s operations and in the borrower’s ability to generate positive cash flow on a sustained basis. The borrower’s recent payment history may be characterized by late payments. The Corporation’s risk exposure is mitigated by collateral supporting the loan. The collateral is considered to be well-margined, well maintained, accessible and readily marketable.

●

Substandard loans are considered to have specific and well-defined weaknesses that jeopardize the viability of the Corporation’s credit extension. The payment history for the loan has been inconsistent and the expected or projected primary repayment source may be inadequate to service the loan. The estimated net liquidation value of the collateral pledged and/or ability of the personal guarantor(s) to pay the loan may not adequately protect the Corporation. There is a distinct possibility that the Corporation will sustain some loss if the deficiencies associated with the loan are not corrected in the near term. A substandard loan would not automatically meet the Corporation’s definition of impaired unless the loan is significantly past due and the borrower’s performance and financial condition provide evidence that it is probable that the Corporation will be unable to collect all amounts due.

●

Loss rated loans are not considered collectible under normal circumstances and there is no realistic expectation for any future payment on the loan. Loss rated loans are fully charged off.

On a quarterly basis the Corporation evaluates its estimate of cash flows to be collected on PCI loans. These evaluations require the continued assessment of key assumptions and estimates similar to the initial estimate of fair value as of the acquisition date, such as the effect of collateral value changes, changing loss severities, estimated and experienced prepayment speeds and other relevant factors. Subsequent decreases to the expected cash flows to be collected on a PCI loan will generally result in a provision for loan losses.

Table of Contents

The consumer finance loans are segregated between performing and nonperforming loans. Performing loans are those that have made timely payments in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement and are not past due 90 days or more. Nonperforming loans are those that do not accrue interest and are greater than 90 days past due.

Allowance for Indemnifications: The allowance for indemnifications is established through charges to earnings in the form of a provision for indemnifications, which is included in other noninterest expenses. A loss is charged against the allowance for indemnifications when a purchaser of a loan (investor) sold by the mortgage banking segment incurs a validated indemnified loss due to borrower misrepresentation, fraud, early payment default or underwriting error.

The allowance represents an amount that, in management’s judgment, will be adequate to absorb any losses that are probable of arising from valid indemnification requests for loans that have been sold by the mortgage banking segment. Management’s judgment in determining the level of the allowance is based on the volume of loans sold, historical experience, current economic conditions, changes in operational and compliance processes, and information provided by investors. This evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.

Other Real Estate Owned (OREO): Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value less estimated costs to sell at the date of foreclosure. Physical possession of residential real estate securing consumer mortgage loans occurs when legal title is obtained upon completion of foreclosure or when the borrower conveys all interest in the property to satisfy the loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or similar legal agreement. Subsequent to foreclosure, management periodically performs valuations of the foreclosed assets based on updated appraisals, general market conditions, recent sales of similar properties, length of time the properties have been held, and our ability and intention with regard to continued ownership of the properties. The Corporation may incur additional write-downs of foreclosed assets to fair value less estimated costs to sell if valuations indicate a further deterioration in market conditions. Revenue and expenses from operations and changes in the property valuations are included in other noninterest expenses and improvements are capitalized.

The Corporation records a gain/loss from the sale of OREO when control of the property transfers to the buyer, which generally occurs at the time of an executed deed. When the Corporation finances the sale of OREO to the buyer, the Corporation assesses whether the buyer is committed to perform the obligations under the contract and whether collectability of the transaction price is probable. In determining the gain/loss on the sale, the Corporation adjusts the transaction price and the related gain/loss on sale if a significant financing component is present.

Repossessed Assets: Repossessed assets primarily consist of vehicles repossessed by C&F Finance due to borrowers’ payment defaults. The repossession process is generally initiated after a loan becomes more than 60 days delinquent. Most customers have an opportunity to redeem their repossessed vehicles by paying all outstanding balances, including finance charges and fees. Vehicles that are not redeemed within a prescribed waiting period following repossession are then reclassified from loans to repossessed assets available-for-sale (included in other assets) and recorded initially at fair value less estimated costs to sell. The difference between the carrying amount of each loan and the fair value of the vehicle (i.e., the deficiency) is charged against the allowance for loan losses. The waiting period is determined as the length of time after repossession that C&F Finance is prohibited to sell the vehicle under the laws of the state where the vehicle was repossessed. Accounts still in process of collection or for which the Corporation does not have the legal right to sell continue to be classified as loans until such legal authority is obtained. At December 31, 2021, repossessed vehicles at fair value less estimated costs to sell included in other assets totaled $190,000, compared to $291,000 at December 31, 2020.

Repossession expense includes the costs to repossess and sell vehicles. These costs include transportation, storage, rekeying, condition reports, legal fees, fees paid to repossession agents and auction fees. These costs are included in noninterest expenses.

Corporate Premises and Equipment: Land is carried at cost. Buildings and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation computed using a straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Estimated useful lives range from ten to forty years for buildings and from three to ten years for equipment, furniture and fixtures.

Table of Contents

Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred and major improvements are capitalized. Upon sale or retirement of depreciable properties, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are netted against proceeds and any resulting gain or loss is included in income.

Goodwill: The Corporation’s goodwill was recognized in connection with past business combinations and is reported at the community banking segment and the consumer finance segment. The Corporation reviews the carrying value of goodwill at least annually or more frequently if certain impairment indicators exist. In testing goodwill for impairment, the Corporation may first consider qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances lead to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of events and circumstances, we conclude that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then no further testing is required and the goodwill of the reporting unit is not impaired. If the Corporation elects to bypass the qualitative assessment or if we conclude that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then the fair value of the reporting unit is compared with its carrying amount to determine whether an impairment exists.

Transfer of Financial Assets: Transfers of loans are accounted for as sales when control over the loans has been surrendered. Control over transferred loans is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the loans have been isolated from the Corporation, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred loans and (3) the Corporation does not maintain effective control over the transferred loans through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Corporation recognized a gain of $3.49 million upon the sale of a pool of loans that were held for investment. The loans sold were a pool of PCI loans, and the gain recognized resulted from the release of a portion of the remaining purchase discount on the pool of loans.

Income Taxes: The Corporation determines deferred income tax assets and liabilities based on temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Income tax expense includes taxes on income or loss that is taxable in the period and changes during the period in deferred tax assets and liabilities. The Corporation recognized income tax benefits of $326,000 for the year ended December 31, 2020 arising from a change in tax law enacted in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. The effects of changes in tax law are recognized in income tax expense in the period in which the changes are enacted.

C&F Bank invests in qualified affordable housing projects through housing equity funds, the purpose of which is to encourage investment in low-income residential property development in Virginia by providing a return on investment through federal income tax credits and other tax benefits on losses generated by the projects. C&F Bank recognizes its share of losses on these projects as a component of income tax expense.

The benefit of an uncertain tax position is recognized in the financial statements in the period during which, based on all available evidence, management believes it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination by the applicable taxing authority, including the resolution of appeals or litigation processes, if any. Tax positions taken are not offset or aggregated with other positions. Tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement with the applicable taxing authority. Interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits are recognized as a component of income tax expense.

Retirement Plan: The Corporation recognizes the overfunded or underfunded status of its defined benefit pension plan as an asset or liability in its Consolidated Balance Sheets, measured as the difference between plan assets at fair value and the projected benefit obligation as of December 31. Net periodic pension cost or income is recorded each period based on actuarially determined amounts in accordance with GAAP and recognized in salaries and employment benefits and other noninterest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Actuarial determinations of net periodic pension cost are based on assumptions related to discount rates, rates of return on plan assets, employee compensation and mortality and interest crediting rates. Other changes in the overfunded or underfunded status of the pension plan are recorded in the year in which the changes occur through other comprehensive income. The Corporation records lump sum benefit payments as

Table of Contents

a settlement of a portion of its pension benefit obligation only if, in the aggregate for a given year, they exceed the sum of the annual service cost and interest cost for the pension plan. Upon recognition of any settlement, a related portion of unrecognized actuarial gains or losses in accumulated other comprehensive income are reclassified into net income through net periodic pension cost.

Share-Based Compensation: Share-based compensation expense for grants of restricted shares is accounted for using the fair value of the Corporation’s common stock on the date the restricted shares are awarded. Compensation expense for restricted shares is charged to income ratably over the required service period. Forfeitures reduce compensation expense for the periods in which forfeitures actually occur. Income tax windfalls or shortfalls related to the amount deductible upon vesting of restricted stock awards is recorded in income tax expense in the period the stock awards become vested.

Earnings Per Share: The Corporation applies the two-class method of computing basic and diluted earnings per share (EPS), which allocates a portion of undistributed earnings to the Corporation’s unvested restricted shares awarded to employees and non-employee directors. These restricted shares are participating securities which contain rights to nonforfeitable dividends prior to vesting. Accordingly, the weighted average number of shares outstanding used in the calculation of basic and diluted EPS includes both common shares and unvested restricted shares outstanding. EPS calculations are presented in Note 12.

Derivative Financial Instruments: The Corporation recognizes derivative financial instruments at fair value as either an other asset or other liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Corporation’s derivative financial instruments include (1) interest rate swaps that qualify and are designated as cash flow hedges on the Corporation’s trust preferred capital notes, (2) interest rate swaps with certain qualifying commercial loan customers and dealer counterparties and (3) interest rate contracts arising from mortgage banking activities, including interest rate lock commitments (IRLCs) on mortgage loans and related forward sales of mortgage loans and mortgage backed securities. The gain or loss on the Corporation’s cash flow hedges is reported as a component of other comprehensive income, net of deferred income taxes, and reclassified into earnings in the same period(s) during which the hedged transactions affect earnings. IRLCs, forward sales contracts and interest rate swaps with loan customers and dealer counterparties are not designated as hedging instruments, and therefore changes in the fair value of these instruments are reported as noninterest income. The Corporation’s derivative financial instruments are described more fully in Note 21.

Leases: The Corporation’s leases comprise primarily operating and financing leases of real estate and office equipment in which the Corporation or one of its subsidiaries is the lessee. The Corporation recognizes a lease liability and a right-of-use asset in connection with leases in which it is a lessee, except for leases with a term of twelve months or less. A lease liability represents the Corporation’s obligation to make future payments under lease contracts, and a right-of-use asset represents the Corporation’s right to control the use of the underlying property during the lease term. Lease liabilities and right-of-use assets are recognized upon commencement of a lease and measured as the present value of lease payments over the lease term, discounted at the incremental borrowing rate of the lessee. The Corporation has elected not to separate lease and nonlease components within the same contract and instead to account for the entire contract as a lease.

Service Charges on Deposit Accounts: The Corporation earns fees from its deposit customers for overdraft and account maintenance services. Overdraft fees are recognized when the overdraft occurs. Account maintenance fees, which relate primarily to monthly maintenance, are earned over the course of a month, representing the period over which the Corporation satisfies the performance obligation.

Other Service Charges and Fees: The Corporation earns fees from its customers for transaction-based services. Such services include ATM, stop payment and wire transfer fees at the community banking segment and on-line payment processing fees at the consumer finance segment. In each case, these service charges and fees are recognized in income at the time or within the same period that the Corporation’s performance obligation is satisfied.

Interchange Income: The Corporation earns interchange fees from debit and credit cardholder transactions conducted through various payment networks. Interchange fees from cardholder transactions represent a percentage of the underlying transaction value and are recognized daily, concurrently with the transaction processing services.

Table of Contents

Wealth Management Services Income, Net: The Corporation earns revenue by providing wealth management services and health and life insurance products to its customers through third-party service providers. Fees that are transaction-based (e.g., execution of trades) are recognized on a monthly basis. Other fees and commissions are earned over time as services are provided and are generally assessed based on either account activity or the market value of assets under management at the end of each period. Fees and commissions collected from customers are reported net of related fees paid to the third-party service providers and presented in noninterest income.

Mortgage Lender Services Income: The Corporation earns revenue by providing mortgage banking services to third-party mortgage lenders. The Corporation provides services related to originating and selling residential mortgage loans in the secondary market, including maintaining relationships with investors, underwriting loans, collecting and reviewing required documents, compliance with program requirements and regulations, and closing and post-closing services. Fees are billed to customers on the basis of the volume of closed loans, and income is recognized when performance obligations under contracts with customers are satisfied.

Recent Significant Accounting Pronouncements: In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2016-13, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments,” as part of its project on financial instruments. Subsequently, this ASU was amended when the FASB issued ASU 2018-19, “Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses,” ASU 2019-04, “Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses, Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, and Topic 825, Financial Instruments,” ASU 2019-05, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Targeted Transition Relief,” ASU 2019-10, “Financial instruments—Credit losses (Topic 326), Derivatives and hedging (Topic 815), and Leases (Topic 842)—Effective dates,” ASU 2019-11, “Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses,” ASU 2020-02, “Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326) and Leases (Topic 842)” and ASU 2020-03, “Codification Improvements to Financial Instruments” (collectively, ASC 326). ASC 326 introduces an approach based on expected losses to estimate credit losses on certain types of financial instruments. It also modifies the impairment model for available-for-sale debt securities and provides for a simplified accounting model for purchased financial assets with credit deterioration since their origination. The new standard will be effective for the Corporation beginning on January 1, 2023. Early adoption of the new standard is permitted.

The amendments of ASC 326, upon adoption, will be applied on a modified retrospective basis, with the cumulative effect of adopting the new standard being recorded as an adjustment to opening retained earnings in the period of adoption. The Corporation has established a working group to prepare for and implement changes related to ASC 326 and has gathered historical loan loss data for purposes of evaluating appropriate portfolio segmentation and modeling methods under the standard. The Corporation has performed procedures to validate the historical loan loss data to ensure its suitability and reliability for purposes of developing an estimate of expected credit losses under ASC 326. The Corporation has engaged a vendor to assist in modeling expected lifetime losses under ASC 326, and is continuing to develop and refine an approach to estimating the allowance for credit losses. The adoption of ASC 326 will result in significant changes to the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements, which may include changes in the level of the allowance for credit losses that will be considered adequate, a reduction in total equity and regulatory capital of C&F Bank, differences in the timing of recognizing changes to the allowance for credit losses and expanded disclosures about the allowance for credit losses. The Corporation has not yet determined an estimate of the effect of these changes. The adoption of the standard will also result in significant changes in the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting related to the allowance for credit losses.

Other accounting standards that have been issued by the FASB or other standards-setting bodies are not currently expected to have a material effect on the Corporation’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

NOTE 2: Business Combination

On January 1, 2020, the Corporation completed its acquisition of Peoples Bankshares, Incorporated (Peoples). Peoples shareholders received 0.5366 shares of the Corporation’s common stock and $27.00 in cash for each share of Peoples common stock, with cash paid in lieu of any fractional shares of the Corporation’s common stock. In connection with the

Table of Contents

transaction, the Corporation paid aggregate cash consideration of $10.58 million and issued 209,871 shares of its common stock to the shareholders of Peoples.

The Corporation accounted for the acquisition using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations. Under the acquisition method of accounting, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisition and the common stock of the Corporation issued as consideration were recorded at their respective acquisition date fair values. Determining the fair value of assets and liabilities, particularly related to the loan portfolio, is inherently subjective and involves significant judgment regarding the methods and assumptions used to estimate fair value.

The following table presents as of January 1, 2020 the total consideration paid by the Corporation in connection with the acquisition of Peoples, the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, and the resulting goodwill.


	Amounts
	Recognized as of
(Dollars in thousands)	January 1, 2020
Purchase price:
Cash paid	$	10,579
Common stock issued		11,612
Total purchase price	$	22,191

Identifiable assets acquired:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	29,680
Securities available for sale		17,169
Loans		124,195
Accrued interest receivable		430
Corporate premises and equipment		3,105
Other real estate owned		281
Core deposit intangible asset		1,711
Bank-owned life insurance		3,591
Investment in small business investment company		1,493
Other receivables		5,234
Other assets		3,658
Total identifiable assets acquired		190,547

Identifiable liabilities assumed:
Demand and savings deposits		94,798
Time deposits		77,018
Borrowings		4,245
Accrued interest payable		260
Salaries, benefits and deferred compensation		2,054
Other liabilities		747
Total identifiable liabilities assumed		179,122

Net identifiable assets acquired	$	11,425

Goodwill resulting from acquisition	$	10,766

In connection with the acquisition, the Corporation recorded approximately $10.77 million of goodwill and $1.71 million of other intangible assets related to the core deposits of Peoples. The goodwill arising from the acquisition of Peoples is not deductible for income taxes. The core deposit intangible asset (CDI) will be amortized over a period of 15 years using a declining balance method.

Loans acquired from Peoples had aggregate outstanding principal of $131.92 million and an estimated fair value of $124.20 million. The discount between the outstanding principal balance and fair value represents expected credit losses and adjustments for market interest rates. Under the acquisition method, the allowance for loan losses recorded in the books of Peoples in the amount of $2.87 million was not carried over into the books of the Corporation. Loans that have evidence

Table of Contents

of deterioration in credit quality since origination are categorized as purchased credit impaired (PCI). PCI loans acquired from Peoples included medical student loans with an outstanding principal balance of $4.28 million and a fair value of $635,000 at January 1, 2020, which were purchased by Peoples and the performance of which was previously backed by surety bonds. The surety bonds were terminated in 2018 when the issuer of the bond was placed into liquidation by its insurance regulator, and replacement surety bond coverage was not obtained. The Bank subsequently sold these medical student loans during the year ended December 31, 2020.

Information about PCI loans acquired from Peoples as of January 1, 2020 is as follows:


(Dollars in thousands)	January 1, 2020
Contractual principal and interest due	$	20,310
Nonaccretable difference		(7,679)
Expected cash flows		12,631
Accretable yield		(3,372)
Purchased credit impaired loans - estimated fair value	$	9,259

Fair values of the major categories of assets acquired and liabilities assumed were determined as follows:

Loans: The acquired loans were recorded at fair value at the acquisition date without carryover of People's allowance for loan losses. The fair value of the loans was determined using market participant assumptions in estimating the amount and timing of both principal and interest cash flows expected to be collected on the loans and then discounting those cash flows based on a discount rate that would be required by a market participant. In this regard, the acquired loans were segregated into pools based on loan type and credit risk. Loan type was determined based on collateral type, loan purpose and loan structure. Credit risk characteristics included risk rating groups (pass rated loans and adversely classified loans), updated loan-to-value ratios and lien position, and past loan performance. For valuation purposes, these pools were further disaggregated by maturity and pricing characteristics (e.g., fixed-rate, adjustable-rate, balloon maturities).

Core Deposit Intangible: The fair value of the CDI was determined based on a discounted cash flow analysis using a discount rate based on the estimated cost of equity capital for a market participant. To calculate cash flows, deposit account servicing costs (net of deposit fee income) and interest expense on deposits were compared to the cost of alternative funding sources available through the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB). The life of the deposit base and projected deposit attrition rates were determined using Peoples’ historical deposit data. The CDI was estimated at $1.71 million or 1.8% of non-maturity deposits.

Deposits: The fair value adjustment of deposits represents a premium over the value of the contractual repayments of fixed-maturity deposits using prevailing market interest rates for similar term certificates of deposit. The resulting estimated fair value adjustment of certificates of deposit ranging in maturity from three months to five years is a $557,000 premium and is being amortized into income over a period of two years.

The following table presents certain unaudited pro forma information as if the acquisition had taken place on January 1, 2019. These results combine the historical results of Peoples and the Corporation for the period prior to the merger. While certain adjustments were made for estimated effects resulting from the application of the acquisition method, including certain fair value adjustments, this pro forma information is not indicative of what would have occurred had the acquisition actually taken place on January 1, 2019. Pro forma adjustments for the year ended December 31, 2019 include the net impact of accretion of loan discounts related to market interest rates, amortization of premiums on deposits and borrowings, amortization of intangible assets and related income taxes. Unaudited pro forma net income for the year ended December 31, 2019 includes after tax merger related expenses of $2.76 million, or $(0.75) per share. These amounts include $2.11 million recorded by Peoples, which was primarily related to pre-existing employment agreements, contract termination costs paid to Peoples’ core processing provider, and fees for legal and financial advisors. Unaudited pro forma net income also includes provision for loan losses recorded by Peoples for loans that were recorded by the Corporation at fair value upon acquisition and have no allowance for loan losses in the books of the Corporation. Additionally, the Corporation has achieved certain operational cost savings and other efficiencies as a result of the acquisition and integration of Peoples which are not reflected in the unaudited pro forma amounts below.

Table of Contents


	Unaudited Pro Forma
	Year Ended
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)	December 31, 2019
Total revenues (net interest income plus nonintererest income)	$	120,173
Net income	$	18,261
Net income per share, basic and diluted	$	4.99

The revenue and earnings amounts specific to Peoples that are included in the consolidated results for 2020 are not readily determinable. Disclosure of these amounts is impracticable due to the merging of certain processes and systems at the acquisition date.

The Corporation recorded merger related expenses in connection with the acquisition of Peoples of $1.40 million ($1.13 million after income taxes) for the year ended December 31, 2020 and $709,000 ($653,000, after income taxes) for the year ended December 31, 2019. The Corporation recorded aggregate merger related expenses of $2.10 million ($1.78 million after income taxes) during 2019 and 2020, including the integration of systems and operations and legal and consulting expenses, which were expensed as incurred.

NOTE 3: Securities

The Corporation’s debt securities, all of which are classified as available for sale, are summarized as follows:

December 31, 2021

Gross

Amortized

Unrealized

(Dollars in thousands)

Cost

Gains

Losses

Fair Value

U.S. government agencies and corporations

69,583

(1,339)

68,285

Mortgage-backed securities

189,985

1,565

(1,201)

190,349

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

91,304

1,642

(280)

92,666

Corporate and other debt securities

21,648

246

(121)

21,773

372,520

3,494

(2,941)

373,073


	December 31, 2020
			Gross		Gross
	Amortized		Unrealized		Unrealized
(Dollars in thousands)	Cost		Gains		Losses		Fair Value
U.S. government agencies and corporations	$	48,171	$	121	$	(10)	$	48,282
Mortgage-backed securities		120,664		3,165		(115)		123,714
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		100,405		2,436		(36)		102,805
Corporate and other debt securities		11,584		47		(43)		11,588
	$	280,824	$	5,769	$	(204)	$	286,389

Table of Contents

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities at December 31, 2021 and 2020, by the earlier of contractual maturity or expected maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.


	December 31, 2021
	Amortized
(Dollars in thousands)	Cost		Fair Value
Due in one year or less	$	58,069	$	57,548
Due after one year through five years		225,197		226,623
Due after five years through ten years		79,762		79,691
Due after ten years		9,492		9,211
	$	372,520	$	373,073

The following table presents the gross realized gains and losses on and the proceeds from the sales, maturities and calls of securities. During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, $2.30 million and $5.99 million of proceeds, respectively, were related to sales of securities. There were 0 sales of securities during the year ended December 31, 2019.


	Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2021		2020		2019
Realized gains from sales, maturities and calls of securities:
Gross realized gains	$	42	$	38	$	10
Gross realized losses		—		—		—
Net realized gains	$	42	$	38	$	10
Proceeds from sales, maturities, calls and paydowns of securities	$	114,019	$	123,741	$	75,583

The Corporation pledges securities primarily to secure public deposits and repurchase agreements. Securities with an aggregate amortized cost of $185.25 million and an aggregate fair value of $186.22 million were pledged at December 31, 2021. Securities with an aggregate amortized cost of $146.66 million and an aggregate fair value of $150.13 million were pledged at December 31, 2020.

Securities in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2021, by duration of the period of the unrealized loss, are shown below.

Less Than 12 Months

12 Months or More

Total

Fair

Unrealized

Fair

Unrealized

Fair

Unrealized

(Dollars in thousands)

Value

Loss

Value

Loss

Value

Loss

U.S. government agencies and corporations

46,561

945

10,604

394

57,165

1,339

Mortgage-backed securities

126,873

1,127

5,178

132,051

1,201

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

16,578

224

2,703

19,281

280

Corporate and other debt securities

8,925

121

—

8,925

121

Total temporarily impaired securities

198,937

2,417

18,485

524

217,422

2,941

There were 163 debt securities totaling $217.42 million of aggregate fair value considered temporarily impaired at December 31, 2021. The primary cause of the temporary impairments in the Corporation’s investments in debt securities was fluctuations in interest rates. The Corporation concluded that 0 other-than-temporary impairment existed in its securities portfolio at December 31, 2021, and no other-than-temporary impairment loss has been recognized in net income, based primarily on the fact that changes in fair value were caused primarily by fluctuations in interest rates, there were no securities with unrealized losses that were significant relative to their carrying amounts, securities with unrealized losses had generally high credit quality, the Corporation intends to hold these investments in debt securities to maturity

Table of Contents

and it is more-likely-than-not that the Corporation will not be required to sell these investments before a recovery of its investment, and issuers have continued to make timely payments of principal and interest. Additionally, the Corporation’s mortgage-backed securities are entirely issued by either U.S. government agencies or U.S. government-sponsored enterprises. Collectively, these entities provide a guarantee, which is either explicitly or implicitly supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government, that investors in such mortgage-backed securities will receive timely principal and interest payments.

Securities in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2020, by duration of the period of the unrealized loss, are shown below.


	Less Than 12 Months				12 Months or More				Total
	Fair		Unrealized		Fair		Unrealized		Fair		Unrealized
(Dollars in thousands)	Value		Loss		Value		Loss		Value		Loss
U.S. government agencies and corporations	$	12,719	$	10	$	—	$	—	$	12,719	$	10
Mortgage-backed securities		15,691		115		—		—		15,691		115
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		5,110		36		—		—		5,110		36
Corporate and other debt securities		4,271		43		—		—		4,271		43
Total temporarily impaired securities	$	37,791	$	204	$	—	$	—	$	37,791	$	204

The Corporation’s investment in restricted stock totaled $1.03 million at December 31, 2021 and consisted of FHLB stock. Restricted stock is generally viewed as a long-term investment, which is carried at cost because there is no market for the stock other than the FHLBs. Therefore, when evaluating restricted stock for impairment, its value is based on the ultimate recoverability of the par value rather than by recognizing any temporary decline in value. The Corporation did not consider its investment in restricted stock to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2021 and 0 impairment has been recognized.

NOTE 4: Loans

Major classifications of loans are summarized as follows:


	December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2021		2020
Real estate – residential mortgage	$	217,016	$	218,298
Real estate – construction ¹		57,495		62,147
Commercial, financial and agricultural ²		717,730		700,215
Equity lines		41,345		48,466
Consumer		8,280		11,028
Consumer finance³		368,194		312,252
		1,410,060		1,352,406
Less allowance for loan losses		(40,157)		(39,156)
Loans, net	$	1,369,903	$	1,313,250

1	Includes the Corporation’s real estate construction lending and consumer real estate lot lending.

2	Includes the Corporation’s commercial real estate lending, land acquisition and development lending, builder line lending and commercial business lending (which includes loans originated under the PPP).

3	Includes the Corporation’s non-prime automobile lending and prime marine and recreational vehicle lending.

Consumer loans included $207,000 and $284,000 of demand deposit overdrafts at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Table of Contents

Loans acquired in business combinations are recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value at the acquisition date under the acquisition method of accounting. The outstanding principal balance and the carrying amount at December 31, 2021 and 2020 of loans acquired in business combinations were as follows:


	December 31, 2021						December 31, 2020
	Acquired Loans -		Acquired Loans -				Acquired Loans -		Acquired Loans -
	Purchased		Purchased		Acquired Loans -		Purchased		Purchased		Acquired Loans -
(Dollars in thousands)	Credit Impaired		Performing		Total		Credit Impaired		Performing		Total
Outstanding principal balance	$	8,350	$	57,862	$	66,212	$	12,760	$	89,043	$	101,803
Carrying amount
Real estate – residential mortgage	$	817	$	9,997	$	10,814	$	1,473	$	15,117	$	16,590
Real estate – construction		—		1,356		1,356		—		1,077		1,077
Commercial, financial and agricultural¹		2,753		37,313		40,066		4,758		58,796		63,554
Equity lines		38		6,919		6,957		80		10,182		10,262
Consumer		47		1,213		1,260		48		1,924		1,972
Total acquired loans	$	3,655	$	56,798	$	60,453	$	6,359	$	87,096	$	93,455

1	Includes acquired loans classified by the Corporation as commercial real estate lending and commercial business lending.

The following table presents a summary of the change in the accretable yield of loans classified as PCI loans:


	Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2021		2020
Accretable yield, balance at beginning of period	$	4,048	$	4,721
Acquisition of Peoples		—		3,372
Accretion		(2,472)		(3,032)
Sale of PCI loan pool		—		(323)
Reclassification of nonaccretable difference due to improvement in expected cash flows		794		521
Other changes, net		741		(1,211)
Accretable yield, balance at end of period	$	3,111	$	4,048

Loans on nonaccrual status at December 31, 2021 and 2020 were as follows:


	December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2021		2020
Real estate – residential mortgage	$	315	$	276
Commercial, financial and agricultural:
Commercial business lending		2,122		2,428
Equity lines		104		191
Consumer		3		107
Consumer finance:
Automobiles		380		402
Marine and recreational vehicles		—		—
Total loans on nonaccrual status	$	2,924	$	3,404

Table of Contents

The past due status of loans as of December 31, 2021 was as follows:


															90+ Days
	30 - 59 Days		60 - 89 Days		90+ Days		Total								Past Due and
(Dollars in thousands)	Past Due		Past Due		Past Due		Past Due		PCI		Current¹		Total Loans		Accruing
Real estate – residential mortgage	$	963	$	325	$	429	$	1,717	$	817	$	214,482	$	217,016	$	129
Real estate – construction:
Construction lending		—		—		—		—		—		39,252		39,252		—
Consumer lot lending		—		—		—		—		—		18,243		18,243		—
Commercial, financial and agricultural:
Commercial real estate lending		—		39		—		39		2,753		525,121		527,913		—
Land acquisition and development lending		—		—		—		—		—		27,609		27,609		—
Builder line lending		—		—		—		—		—		30,499		30,499		—
Commercial business lending		8		—		—		8		—		131,701		131,709		—
Equity lines		55		31		49		135		38		41,172		41,345		49
Consumer		12		—		—		12		47		8,221		8,280		—
Consumer finance:
Automobiles		6,519		1,008		380		7,907		—		314,160		322,067		—
Marine and recreational vehicles		32		—		—		32		—		46,095		46,127		—
Total	$	7,589	$	1,403	$	858	$	9,850	$	3,655	$	1,396,555	$	1,410,060	$	178

For the purposes of the table above, “Current” includes loans that are 1-29 days past due.

The table above includes nonaccrual loans that are current of $2.24 million and 90+ days past due of $680,000.

The past due status of loans as of December 31, 2020 was as follows:


															90+ Days
	30 - 59 Days		60 - 89 Days		90+ Days		Total								Past Due and
(Dollars in thousands)	Past Due		Past Due		Past Due		Past Due		PCI		Current¹		Total Loans		Accruing
Real estate – residential mortgage	$	1,100	$	154	$	176	$	1,430	$	1,473	$	215,395	$	218,298	$	145
Real estate – construction:
Construction lending		—		—		—		—		—		49,659		49,659		—
Consumer lot lending		—		—		—		—		—		12,488		12,488		—
Commercial, financial and agricultural:
Commercial real estate lending		—		—		—		—		4,758		437,145		441,903		—
Land acquisition and development lending		—		—		—		—		—		37,724		37,724		—
Builder line lending		—		—		—		—		—		18,194		18,194		—
Commercial business lending		24		—		—		24		—		202,370		202,394		—
Equity lines		52		—		—		52		80		48,334		48,466		—
Consumer		2		—		—		2		48		10,978		11,028		—
Consumer finance:
Automobiles		8,231		967		402		9,600		—		263,106		272,706		—
Marine and recreational vehicles		18		—		—		18		—		39,528		39,546		—
Total	$	9,427	$	1,121	$	578	$	11,126	$	6,359	$	1,334,921	$	1,352,406	$	145

For the purposes of the table above, “Current” includes loans that are 1-29 days past due.

The table above includes nonaccrual loans that are current of $2.86 million, 30-59 days past due of $115,000 and 90+ days past due of $433,000.

100

Table of Contents

Loan modifications that were classified as TDRs, and the recorded investment in those loans at the time of their modification, during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and 2019 were as follows:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2021			2020			2019
	Number of	Recorded		Number of	Recorded		Number of	Recorded
(Dollars in thousands)	Loans	Investment		Loans	Investment		Loans	Investment
Real estate – residential mortgage	1	$	4	2	$	176	2	$	95
Equity lines	—		—	1		84	—		—
Consumer	—		—	—		—	1		121
Total	1	$	4	3	$	260	3	$	216

NaN TDR during the year ended December 31, 2021, 3 of the TDRs during the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2 TDRs during the year ended December 31, 2019 included modifications of the loan’s payment structure. NaN TDR during the year ended December 31, 2019 included modifications of the loan’s interest rate. There were 0 TDRs in the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 or 2019 that included a reduction in principal as part of the loan’s modification.

All TDRs are considered impaired loans and are individually evaluated in the determination of the allowance for loan losses. A TDR payment default occurs when, within 12 months of the original TDR modification, either a full or partial charge-off occurs or a TDR becomes 90 days or more past due. The specific reserve associated with a TDR is reevaluated when a TDR payment default occurs. There were 0 TDR payment defaults during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.

Impaired loans, which included TDRs of $2.69 million, and the related allowance at December 31, 2021 were as follows:

Recorded

Investment

Average

Unpaid

in Loans

Balance-

Interest

Principal

without

with

Related

Impaired

Income

(Dollars in thousands)

Balance

Specific Reserve

Allowance

Loans

Recognized

Real estate – residential mortgage

1,689

550

1,035

1,560

Commercial, financial and agricultural:

Commercial real estate lending

1,389

—

1,390

103

1,393

Commercial business lending

2,234

—

2,123

489

2,257

—

Equity lines

118

110

—

119

Total

5,430

660

4,548

655

5,329

140

Impaired loans, which included TDRs of $3.58 million, and the related allowance at December 31, 2020 were as follows:



			Recorded		Recorded
			Investment		Investment				Average
	Unpaid		in Loans		in Loans				Balance-		Interest
	Principal		without		with		Related		Impaired		Income
(Dollars in thousands)	Balance		Specific Reserve		Specific Reserve		Allowance		Loans		Recognized
Real estate – residential mortgage	$	2,326	$	931	$	1,279	$	77	$	2,353	$	105
Commercial, financial and agricultural:
Commercial real estate lending		1,397		—		1,397		89		1,404		73
Commercial business lending		2,430		—		2,428		585		2,573		—
Equity lines		120		111		—		—		119		2
Consumer		147		—		132		128		154		3
Total	$	6,420	$	1,042	$	5,236	$	879	$	6,603	$	183

101

Table of Contents

NOTE 5: Allowance for Loan Losses

Changes in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 were as follows:


	Real Estate				Commercial,
	Residential		Real Estate		Financial &		Equity				Consumer
(Dollars in thousands)	Mortgage		Construction		Agricultural		Lines		Consumer		Finance		Total
Balance at December 31, 2018	$	2,246	$	727	$	6,688	$	1,106	$	257	$	22,999	$	34,023
Provision charged to operations		(146)		(46)		458		(235)		329		8,155		8,515
Loans charged off		(46)		—		(29)		(138)		(349)		(13,991)		(14,553)
Recoveries of loans previously charged off		26		—		4		—		228		4,630		4,888
Balance at December 31, 2019		2,080		681		7,121		733		465		21,793		32,873
Provision charged to operations		808		294		3,589		(47)		(34)		6,470		11,080
Loans charged off		(62)		—		(18)		—		(231)		(9,331)		(9,642)
Recoveries of loans previously charged off		88		—		4		1		171		4,581		4,845
Balance at December 31, 2020		2,914		975		10,696		687		371		23,513		39,156
Provision charged to operations		(279)		(119)		385		(95)		(137)		820		575
Loans charged off		—		—		—		—		(184)		(4,381)		(4,565)
Recoveries of loans previously charged off		25		—		4		1		122		4,839		4,991
Balance at December 31, 2021	$	2,660	$	856	$	11,085	$	593	$	172	$	24,791	$	40,157

The following table presents, as of December 31, 2021, the balance of the allowance for loan losses, the allowance by impairment methodology, total loans and loans by impairment methodology.


	Real Estate				Commercial,
	Residential		Real Estate		Financial &		Equity				Consumer
(Dollars in thousands)	Mortgage		Construction		Agricultural		Lines		Consumer		Finance		Total
Allowance balance attributable to loans:
Individually evaluated for impairment	$	63	$	—	$	592	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	655
Collectively evaluated for impairment		2,597		856		10,493		593		172		24,791		39,502
Acquired loans - PCI		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Total allowance	$	2,660	$	856	$	11,085	$	593	$	172	$	24,791	$	40,157
Loans:
Individually evaluated for impairment	$	1,585	$	—	$	3,513	$	110	$	—	$	—	$	5,208
Collectively evaluated for impairment		214,614		57,495		711,464		41,197		8,233		368,194		1,401,197
Acquired loans - PCI		817		—		2,753		38		47		—		3,655
Total loans	$	217,016	$	57,495	$	717,730	$	41,345	$	8,280	$	368,194	$	1,410,060

The following table presents, as of December 31, 2020, the balance of the allowance for loan losses, the allowance by impairment methodology, total loans and loans by impairment methodology.


	Real Estate				Commercial,
	Residential		Real Estate		Financial &		Equity				Consumer
(Dollars in thousands)	Mortgage		Construction		Agricultural		Lines		Consumer		Finance		Total
Allowance balance attributable to loans:
Individually evaluated for impairment	$	77	$	—	$	674	$	—	$	128	$	—	$	879
Collectively evaluated for impairment		2,837		975		10,022		687		243		23,513		38,277
Acquired loans - PCI		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Total allowance	$	2,914	$	975	$	10,696	$	687	$	371	$	23,513	$	39,156
Loans:
Individually evaluated for impairment	$	2,210	$	—	$	3,825	$	111	$	132	$	—	$	6,278
Collectively evaluated for impairment		214,615		62,147		691,632		48,275		10,848		312,252		1,339,769
Acquired loans - PCI		1,473		—		4,758		80		48		—		6,359
Total loans	$	218,298	$	62,147	$	700,215	$	48,466	$	11,028	$	312,252	$	1,352,406

102

Table of Contents

Loans by credit quality indicators as of December 31, 2021 were as follows:

Special

Substandard

(Dollars in thousands)

Pass

Mention

Substandard

Nonaccrual

Total¹

Real estate – residential mortgage

215,432

664

605

315

217,016

Real estate – construction:

Construction lending

39,252

—

39,252

Consumer lot lending

18,243

—

18,243

Commercial, financial and agricultural:

Commercial real estate lending

519,938

1,989

5,986

—

527,913

Land acquisition and development lending

27,609

—

27,609

Builder line lending

30,499

—

30,499

Commercial business lending

129,587

—

2,122

131,709

Equity lines

41,013

181

104

41,345

Consumer

8,276

—

8,280

1,029,849

2,700

6,773

2,544

1,041,866

1	At December 31, 2021, the Corporation did 0t have any loans classified as Doubtful or Loss.


			Non-
(Dollars in thousands)	Performing		Performing		Total
Consumer finance:
Automobiles	$	321,687	$	380	$	322,067
Marine and recreational vehicles		46,127		-		46,127
	$	367,814	$	380	$	368,194

Loans by credit quality indicators as of December 31, 2020 were as follows:


			Special				Substandard
(Dollars in thousands)	Pass		Mention		Substandard		Nonaccrual		Total¹
Real estate – residential mortgage	$	215,712	$	1,715	$	595	$	276	$	218,298
Real estate – construction:
Construction lending		49,659		—		—		—		49,659
Consumer lot lending		12,488		—		—		—		12,488
Commercial, financial and agricultural:
Commercial real estate lending		415,506		15,507		10,890		—		441,903
Land acquisition and development lending		37,724		—		—		—		37,724
Builder line lending		18,194		—		—		—		18,194
Commercial business lending		196,743		3,124		99		2,428		202,394
Equity lines		48,140		132		3		191		48,466
Consumer		10,832		48		41		107		11,028
	$	1,004,998	$	20,526	$	11,628	$	3,002	$	1,040,154

1	At December 31, 2020, the Corporation did 0t have any loans classified as Doubtful or Loss.


			Non-
(Dollars in thousands)	Performing		Performing		Total
Consumer finance:
Automobiles	$	272,304	$	402	$	272,706
Marine and recreational vehicles		39,546		-		39,546
	$	311,850	$	402	$	312,252

103

Table of Contents

NOTE 6: OREO

At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the carrying amount of OREO was $835,000 and $907,000 respectively. At both December 31, 2021 and 2020, OREO was primarily comprised of a property previously used by the Bank as a branch, which was consolidated into a nearby branch in 2019. OREO is otherwise comprised of residential properties and non-residential properties associated with commercial relationships, and are located primarily in Virginia. Changes in the balance for OREO are as follows:


	Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2021		2020
Balance at the beginning of year, gross	$	1,114	$	1,191
Additions		—		344
Charge-offs		(54)		(57)
Sales proceeds		(462)		(364)
Gain on disposition		237		—
Balance at the end of year, gross		835		1,114
Less valuation allowance		—		(207)
Balance at the end of year, net	$	835	$	907

Changes in the allowance for OREO losses are as follows:


	Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2021		2020		2019
Balance at the beginning of year	$	207	$	88	$	57
Provision for losses		(153)		176		31
Charge-offs, net		(54)		(57)		—
Balance at the end of year	$	—	$	207	$	88

Net OREO gains of $379,000, losses of $213,000 and losses of $58,000, including expenses associated with OREO properties, are included in other noninterest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income for 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

NOTE 7: Corporate Premises and Equipment

Major classifications of corporate premises and equipment are summarized as follows:


	December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2021		2020
Land	$	9,104	$	8,961
Buildings		48,231		45,352
Equipment, furniture and fixtures		22,061		21,278
		79,396		75,591
Less accumulated depreciation		(34,597)		(31,459)
	$	44,799	$	44,132

NOTE 8: Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The carrying amount of goodwill was $25.19 million at both December 31, 2021 and 2020. The following table presents the changes in goodwill during the year ended December 31, 2020. There were 0 changes in the recorded balance of goodwill during the year ended December 31, 2021.

104

Table of Contents


	Community		Consumer
(Dollars in thousands)	Banking		Finance		Total
Balance as of January 1, 2020	$	3,702	$	10,723	$	14,425
Acquisition of Peoples Bankshares, Incorporated		10,766		—		10,766
Balance at December 31, 2020	$	14,468	$	10,723	$	25,191

The Corporation had $1.98 million and $2.29 million of other intangible assets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Other intangible assets were recognized in connection with the core deposits acquired from Peoples in 2020 and customer relationships acquired by C&F Wealth Management in 2016. The following table summarizes the gross carrying amounts and accumulated amortization of other intangible assets:

December 31,

2021

2020

Gross

Carrying

Accumulated

Carrying

Accumulated

(Dollars in thousands)

Amount

Amortization

Amount

Amortization

Amortizable intangible assets:

Core deposit intangibles

1,711

(325)

1,711

(171)

Other amortizable intangibles

1,405

(814)

1,405

(654)

Total

3,116

(1,139)

3,116

(825)

Amortization expense was $314,000, $332,000 and $230,000 for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Amortization expense for 2019 included expense related to core deposit intangibles recognized in a previous acquisistion, which was fully amortized by December 31, 2019.

Estimated future amortization expense by year as of December 31, 2021 is as follows:


(Dollars in thousands)
2022	$	298
2023		273
2024		260
2025		237
2026		101
Thereafter		808
Total	$	1,977

NOTE 9: Leases

The Corporation’s leases comprise primarily leases of real estate and office equipment in which the Corporation is the lessee. Lease cost for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 is as follows:


	Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2021		2020		2019
Operating lease cost	$	1,331	$	1,616	$	1,681
Finance lease cost:
Amortization of right-of-use asset		314		166		—
Interest on lease liability		129		70		—
Short-term lease cost		142		219		128
Variable lease cost		46		52		43
Total lease cost	$	1,962	$	2,123	$	1,852

Interest on lease liability cost is included in “Interest expense – Borrowings” and all other lease costs are included in “Occupancy” on the Consolidated Statements of Income. Variable lease payments primarily represent payments for common area maintenance related to real estate leases and taxes and fees related to equipment leases that are not included

105

Table of Contents

in base rent payments and changes in lease payments that are adjusted for inflation.

Certain of the Corporation’s leases contain options to extend the lease term beyond the initial term. Options to extend the lease term are recognized as part of the Corporation’s lease liabilities and right-of-use assets at the commencement of a lease to the extent the Corporation is reasonably certain to exercise such options.

The Corporation’s right-of-use assets, lease liabilities, weighted average remaining lease term and weighted average discount rate of the Corporation’s leases are set forth in the table below.


		December 31,			December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)		2021			2020
Operating leases:
Right of use assets	$	3,221		$	2,404
Lease liabilities		3,324			2,488
Weighted average remaining lease term (years)		7.0			3.0
Weighted average discount rate		1.7	%		2.2	%

Finance leases:
Right of use assets	$	5,879		$	6,193
Lease liabilities		6,346			6,305
Weighted average remaining lease term (years)		18.5			19.5
Weighted average discount rate		2.0	%		2.0	%

Right of use assets are included in “Other Assets” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Operating lease liabilities are included in “Other Liabilities,” and Finance lease liabilities are included in “Long-term Borrowings” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Corporation obtained right-of-use assets in exchange for lease liabilities in operating leases of $2.48 million. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Corporation obtained right-of-use assets in exchange for lease liabilities in operating leases and finance leases of $1.11 million and $6.36 million, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Corporation obtained right-of-use assets in exchange for lease liabilities in operating leases of $1.14 million.

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 is set forth in the table below. In addition to the amounts paid shown below, the Corporation received lease incentives of $236,000 related to finance leases during the year ended December 31, 2021, $115,000 related to operating leases during the year ended December 31, 2020 and $27,000 related to operating leases during the year ended December 31, 2019.


	Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2021		2020		2019
Operating leases:
Operating cash flows	$	1,313	$	1,659	$	1,567
Finance leases:
Operating cash flows		129		70		—
Financing cash flows		195		53		—
Total cash flows	$	1,637	$	1,782	$	1,567

106

Table of Contents

Maturities of the Corporation’s lease liabilities are as follows:


	December 31, 2021
(Dollars in thousands)	Operating Leases		Finance Leases
2022	$	870	$	302
2023		751		337
2024		536		346
2025		323		355
2026		214		364
Thereafter		881		6,009
Total		3,575		7,713
Imputed interest		(251)		(1,367)
Lease liabilities	$	3,324	$	6,346

NOTE 10: Time Deposits

Time deposits are summarized as follows:


	December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2021		2020
Certificates of deposit, over $250	$	114,533	$	125,293
Other time deposits		311,188		344,290
	$	425,721	$	469,583

Remaining maturities on time deposits are as follows:


(Dollars in thousands)	December 31, 2021
2022	$	324,946
2023		52,720
2024		23,971
2025		14,760
2026		6,628
Thereafter		2,696
	$	425,721

NOTE 11: Borrowings

The table below presents selected information on short-term borrowings:


	December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2021			2020
Balance outstanding at year end¹	$	34,735		$	20,455
Maximum balance at any month end during the year	$	38,197		$	60,481
Average balance for the year	$	27,360		$	22,737
Weighted average rate for the year		0.47	%		0.54	%
Weighted average rate on borrowings at year end		0.48	%		0.49	%
Estimated fair value at year end	$	34,735		$	20,455

Consists of repurchase transactions with customers, which generally mature the day following the day sold and are secured by investment securities.

Long-term borrowings at December 31, 2021 were comprised of $4.00 million of the Corporation’s subordinated notes due in 2028 (the 2028 Subordinated Notes) and $20.00 million of the Corporation’s subordinated notes due in 2030 (the 2030 Subordinated Notes). The 2028 Subordinated Notes bear interest at a fixed rate of 6.99 percent, and may be redeemed at the option of the Corporation at any time beginning in April 2023. The 2030 Subordinated Notes bear interest at a fixed

107

Table of Contents

rate of 4.875 percent until September 2025 and at the three month SOFR plus 475.5 basis points thereafter. The 2030 Subordinated Notes may be redeemed at the option of the Corporation at any time beginning in September 2025. The subordinated notes of the Corporation rank junior to all existing and future senior indebtedness of the Corporation and are structurally subordinated to all existing and future debt and liabilities of the Bank and its subsidiaries. These borrowings are presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets net of issuance costs and, as applicable, acquisition premium.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Corporation terminated C&F Finance’s $50.00 million revolving bank line of credit as it was not expected to be utilized during its remaining term. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Corporation repaid its outstanding revolving bank line of credit balance of $75.03 million and repaid FHLB advances of $44.50 million using excess cash. The Corporation incurred early debt repayment charges of $2.20 million in connection with the payoff of the FHLB advances.

The Corporation’s available sources of credit for future borrowings total approximately $457.93 million at December 31, 2021, which consisted of $217.79 million available from the FHLB, $110.14 million available from the FRB, $95.00 million under unsecured federal funds agreements with third party financial institutions and $35.00 million in repurchase lines of credit with third party financial institutions. Credit available from the FHLB is secured by a blanket floating lien on all qualifying closed-end and revolving, open-end loans of C&F Bank secured by 1-4 family residential properties. Credit available from the FRB is secured by liens on specific loans of C&F Bank. Additional loans and securities are available that can be pledged as collateral for future borrowings from the FRB or the FHLB above the current lendable collateral value.

C&F Financial Statutory Trust I (Trust I), C&F Financial Statutory Trust II (Trust II) and Central Virginia Bankshares Statutory Trust I (CVBK Trust I) are wholly-owned non-operating subsidiaries of the Corporation, formed for the purpose of issuing trust preferred capital securities. Collectively, these trusts have issued $25.00 million of trust preferred capital securities to institutional investors through private placements and $775,000 in common equity that is held by the Corporation. Trust preferred capital securities of $5.00 million issued by CVBK Trust I, $10.00 million issued by Trust I, and $10.00 million issued by Trust II mature in 2033, 2035 and 2037, respectively, and are redeemable at the Corporation’s option. Each of the trusts is required to make quarterly distributions to the holders of the securities at a rate based on the three-month LIBOR plus a spread of between 1.57 percent and 3.15 percent. During 2021, 2020 and 2019, the Corporation used interest rate swaps in designated cash flow hedges of interest payments on the trust preferred capital securities to mitigate the effects of changes in interest rates. At December 31, 2021, the effect of the interest rate swaps was a fixed rate of interest on the securities issued by CVBK Trust I, Trust I and Trust II of 4.64 percent, 3.32 percent and 5.10 percent, respectively. The principal assets of CVBK Trust I, Trust I and Trust II are trust preferred capital notes of the Corporation of $5.16 million, $10.31 million and $10.31 million, respectively, which have like maturities and like interest rates to the trust preferred capital securities. The interest payments by the Corporation on the notes will be used by the trusts to pay the quarterly distributions on the trust preferred capital securities. The trusts are unconsolidated subsidiaries of the Corporation, and the Corporation’s trust preferred capital notes are presented as liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets net of acquisition discount, as applicable.

Subject to certain exceptions and limitations, the Corporation may elect from time to time to defer interest payments on the junior subordinated debt securities, which would result in a deferral of distribution payments on the related capital securities.

NOTE 12: Equity, Other Comprehensive Income and Earnings Per Share

Equity and Noncontrolling Interest

The Corporation’s Board of Directors authorized a program, effective December 1, 2021, to repurchase up to $10.0 million of the Corporation’s common stock through November 30, 2022 (the 2021 Repurchase Program). During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Corporation repurchased 1,106 shares for an aggregate cost of $56,000 under the 2021 Repurchase Program.

108

Table of Contents

The Corporation’s previous share repurchase program, which was authorized by the Board of Directors in November 2020, (the 2020 Repurchase Program), expired on November 30, 2021. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Corporation repurchased 144,079 shares for an aggregate cost of $7.25 million of its common stock under the 2020 Repurchase Program. At the expiration of the 2020 Repurchase Program, the Corporation had made aggregate common stock repurchases of 151,538 shares at an aggregate cost of $7.52 million under that program.

During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Corporation repurchased 16,422 shares and 86,523 shares of its common stock, respectively, for an aggregate cost of $630,000 and $4.39 million, respectively, under share repurchase programs authorized by its Board of Directors.

Additionally, during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the Corporation withheld 19,554 shares, 9,670 shares and 9,909 shares of its common stock, respectively, from employees to satisfy tax withholding obligations upon vesting of restricted stock.

Noncontrolling interest represents an ownership interest in C&F Select LLC, a subsidiary of C&F Mortgage, held by an unrelated investor. In exchange for issuing this noncontrolling interest in C&F Select LLC in 2019, C&F Bank received a note receivable from the investor for $490,000, which was repaid in 2021. At December 31, 2020, the note receivable was included in loans the Consolidated Balance Sheets and was secured by cash deposits at C&F Bank.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss, Net

The following table presents the cumulative balances of the components of accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of deferred taxes of $593,000 and $630,000 as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.


	December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2021		2020
Net unrealized gains on securities	$	437	$	4,397
Net unrecognized losses on cash flow hedges		(469)		(1,367)
Net unrecognized losses on defined benefit plan		(2,055)		(4,985)
Total accumulated other comprehensive loss, net	$	(2,087)	$	(1,955)

Earnings Per Share (EPS)

The components of the Corporation’s EPS calculations are as follows:


	Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2021		2020		2019
Net income attributable to C&F Financial Corporation	$	28,667	$	22,117	$	18,859
Weighted average shares outstanding—basic and diluted		3,604,119		3,648,696		3,450,745

The Corporation has applied the two-class method of computing basic and diluted EPS for each period presented because the Corporation’s unvested restricted shares outstanding contain rights to nonforfeitable dividends equal to dividends on the Corporation’s common stock. Accordingly, the weighted average number of shares used in the calculation of basic and diluted EPS includes both vested and unvested shares outstanding.

109

Table of Contents

NOTE 13: Income Taxes

Principal components of income tax expense as reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Income are as follows:


	Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2021		2020		2019
Current taxes	$	9,049	$	7,612	$	4,728
Deferred taxes		(90)		(817)		354
	$	8,959	$	6,795	$	5,082

Income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 differed from the federal statutory rate applied to income before income taxes for the following reasons:


	Year Ended December 31,
		2021				2020				2019
(Dollars in thousands)	Amount		Percent		Amount		Percent		Amount		Percent
Income tax at statutory rates	$	7,997	21.0	%	$	6,136	21.0	%	$	5,026	21.0	%
State income taxes		1,340	3.5			1,449	5.0			695	2.9
Tax-exempt interest income		(396)	(1.0)			(493)	(1.7)			(453)	(1.9)
Excess compensation		571	1.5			328	1.1			—	—
Change in tax law		—	—			(326)	(1.1)			—	—
Income from bank-owned life insurance		(110)	(0.3)			(107)	(0.4)			(149)	(0.6)
Investments in qualified housing projects		(48)	(0.1)			(82)	(0.3)			(93)	(0.4)
Share based compensation		(83)	(0.2)			(77)	(0.3)			(126)	(0.5)
Contribution of real property		(107)	(0.3)			—	—			—	—
Merger related expenses		—	—			29	0.1			96	0.4
Other		(205)	(0.5)			(62)	(0.2)			86	0.3
	$	8,959	23.6	%	$	6,795	23.2	%	$	5,082	21.2	%

The CARES Act, enacted in March 2020, included a provision that allowed net operating losses generated in years prior to 2020 to be carried back for up to five tax years. Previously, tax law only allowed for net operating losses to be carried forward to future tax years. During 2020, the Corporation recognized income tax benefits of $326,000 related to net operating losses generated by Peoples in 2019, which were able to be applied to years prior to 2018 at higher income tax rates than the current statutory rate as a result of the CARES Act.

110

Table of Contents

The Corporation’s net deferred income taxes totaled $13.61 million and $13.56 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The tax effects of each type of significant item that gave rise to deferred taxes are:


	December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2021		2020
Deferred tax assets
Allowances for loan losses and OREO losses	$	9,960	$	9,743
Nonqualified defined contribution plan		3,948		3,595
Lease liabilities		2,057		1,906
Fair value adjustments related to business combinations		1,119		1,716
Share-based compensation		752		920
Reserve for indemnification losses		821		879
Accrued expenses		352		779
Cash flow hedges		158		471
Other		1,275		1,364
Deferred tax assets		20,442		21,373
Deferred tax liabilities
Goodwill and other intangible assets		(3,114)		(3,164)
Right of use assets		(1,938)		(1,868)
Depreciation		(989)		(1,272)
Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale		(116)		(1,169)
Defined benefit plan		(677)		(345)
Deferred tax liabilities		(6,834)		(7,818)
Net deferred tax assets	$	13,608	$	13,555

The Corporation files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and several states. With few exceptions, the Corporation is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 2018.

NOTE 14: Employee Benefit Plans

The Corporation’s subsidiaries maintain defined contribution plans that provide the opportunity for voluntary tax-qualified deferral to substantially all of its full-time employees who are at least 18 years of age. These plans also provide for employer contributions as a discretionary or non-discretionary matching contribution and in some cases as a discretionary profit-sharing contribution to the account of each partipant. The total expense recognized in connection with these qualified defined contribution plans for 2021, 2020 and 2019 were $2.03 million, $2.09 million and $1.52 million, respectively.

C&F Bank has a non-contributory, defined benefit pension plan (Cash Balance Plan) for many of its full-time employees over 21 years of age. During 2021, C&F Bank amended its Cash Balance Plan and closed the plan to new entrants hired after December 31, 2021. Benefits earned by participants in the plan hired before January 1, 2022 were not affected by the amendment and will continue to accrue for active participants. Under the Cash Balance Plan, the benefit account for each participant will grow each year with annual pay credits based on age and years of service and monthly interest credits based on the yield on 30-year Treasuries plus 150 basis points, but no less than three percent. C&F Bank funds pension costs in accordance with the funding provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act.

The Corporation has a nonqualified deferred compensation plan for certain executives. The plan allows for elective deferrals of salary, bonus and commissions. The plan also allows for discretionary employer contributions to enhance retirement benefits by supplementing the benefits provided under tax-qualified plans. Expenses under this plan were $296,000, $465,000 and $294,000 in 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The deferred compensation liability under the nonqualified plan is not required to be funded. Amounts funded are held in a rabbi trust and invested according to participant elections. These investments are included in other assets and the related liability is included in other liabilities.

111

Table of Contents

In 2014, the Corporation approved an additional compensation benefit for the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer at the time to provide post-retirement medical and dental coverage for him and his spouse for life. Expense recognized for this arrangement in 2021 was $15,000. There was 0 expense recognized for this arrangement in 2020 or 2019. The related liability is included in other liabilities.

The following table summarizes the projected benefit obligations, plan assets, funded status and related assumptions associated with the Cash Balance Plan based upon actuarial valuations.


	December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2021			2020
Change in benefit obligation
Projected benefit obligation, beginning	$	24,643		$	20,794
Service cost		1,970			1,603
Interest cost		458			551
Actuarial (gain) loss		(1,248)			2,996
Benefits paid		(210)			(1,301)
Settlements paid		(5,366)			—
Projected benefit obligation, ending		20,247			24,643
Change in plan assets
Fair value of plan assets, beginning		26,287			22,806
Actual return on plan assets		2,759			2,782
Employer contributions		—			2,000
Benefits paid		(210)			(1,301)
Settlements paid		(5,366)			—
Fair value of plan assets, ending		23,470			26,287
Funded status	$	3,223		$	1,644
Amounts recognized as an other asset	$	3,223		$	1,644
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss
Net loss	$	2,970		$	6,748
Prior service credits		(370)			(438)
Deferred taxes		(545)			(1,325)
Total recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss	$	2,055		$	4,985
Weighted-average assumptions for benefit obligation at valuation date
Discount rate		2.5	%		2.1	%
Rate of compensation increase		3.0			3.0
Interest crediting rate		5.0			5.0

The accumulated benefit obligation was $20.25 million and $24.64 million as of the actuarial valuation dates December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The actuarial gain of $1.25 million on the projected benefit obligation for 2021 and the actuarial loss of $3.00 million on the projected benefit obligation for 2020 were due primarily to fluctuations in the discount rate as well as demographic changes in the population.

The Cash Balance Plan contains provisions that allow participants the option of receiving their pension benefits in a lump sum upon retirement or, in certain cases, prior to retirement. The Corporation’s accounting policy is to record these payments as a settlement only if, in the aggregate for a given year, they exceed the sum of the annual service cost and interest cost for the Cash Balance Plan. During the year ended December 31, 2021, lump sum pension settlement payments to retired and active participants totaled $5.37 million, which exceeded the settlement threshold, and as a result, the Corporation recognized non-cash settlement charges totaling $1.26 million before income taxes during 2021. The non-cash charge accelerated the recognition of a portion of previously unrecognized net actuarial losses in accumulated other comprehensive loss.

112

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the components of net periodic benefit cost and related assumptions associated with the Cash Balance Plan.


	Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2021		2020		2019
Components of net periodic benefit cost:
Service cost, included in salaries and employee benefits	$	1,970	$	1,603	$	1,218

Other components of net periodic benefit cost:
Interest cost		458		551		609
Expected return on plan assets		(1,733)		(1,492)		(1,297)
Amortization of prior service credit		(68)		(66)		(68)
Pension settlement charges		1,261		—		—
Recognized net actuarial losses		243		197		187
Other components of net periodic benefit cost, included in other noninterest expense		161		(810)		(569)

Net periodic benefit cost	$	2,131	$	793	$	649


	January 1,
	2021		2020		2019
Weighted-average assumptions for net periodic benefit cost
Discount rate	2.1	%	2.9	%	4.0	%
Expected return on plan assets	7.3		7.3		7.3
Rate of compensation increase	3.0		3.0		3.0
Interest crediting rate	5.0		5.0		5.0

The benefits expected to be paid by the plan in the next ten years are as follows:


(Dollars in thousands)
2022	$	782
2023		1,423
2024		1,315
2025		2,152
2026		989
2027 – 2031		10,083

C&F Bank selects the expected long-term rate of return on assets in consultation with its investment advisors and actuary. This rate is intended to reflect the average rate of earnings expected to be earned on the funds invested or to be invested to provide plan benefits. Historical performance is reviewed, especially with respect to real rates of return (net of inflation), for the major asset classes held or anticipated to be held by the trust and for the trust itself. Undue weight is not given to recent experience, which may not continue over the measurement period. Higher significance is placed on current forecasts of future long-term economic conditions.

Because assets are held in a qualified trust, anticipated returns are not reduced for taxes. Further, solely for this purpose, the plan is assumed to continue in force and not terminate during the period during which assets are invested. However, consideration is given to the potential impact of current and future investment policy, cash flow into and out of the trust, and expenses (both investment and non-investment) typically paid from plan assets (to the extent such expenses are not explicitly within periodic costs).

113

Table of Contents

C&F Bank’s defined benefit pension plan’s weighted average asset allocations by asset category are as follows:


	December 31,
	2021		2020
Mutual funds-fixed income	38	%	37	%
Mutual funds-equity	62		63
Cash and equivalents	*		*
	100	%	100	%

* Less than one percent.

The following table summarizes the fair value of the defined benefit plan assets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020. For more information about fair value measurements, see “Note 19: Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities.”

December 31, 2021

Fair Value Measurements Using

Assets at Fair

(Dollars in thousands)

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Value

Mutual funds-fixed income ¹

8,919

—

8,919

Mutual funds-equity ²

14,551

—

14,551

Cash and equivalents ³

—

Total pension plan assets

23,470

—

23,470


	December 31, 2020
	Fair Value Measurements Using						Assets at Fair
(Dollars in thousands)	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Value
Mutual funds-fixed income ¹	$	9,726	$	—	$	—	$	9,726
Mutual funds-equity ²		16,561		—		—		16,561
Cash and equivalents ³		—		—		—		—
Total pension plan assets	$	26,287	$	—	$	—	$	26,287

1	This category includes investments in mutual funds focused on fixed income securities with both short-term and long-term investments. The funds are valued using the net asset value method in which an average of the market prices for the underlying investments is used to value the funds.

This category includes investments in mutual funds focused on equity securities with a diversified portfolio and includes investments in large cap and small cap funds, growth funds, international focused funds and value funds. The funds are valued using the net asset value method in which an average of the market prices for the underlying investments is used to value the funds.

3	This category comprises cash and short-term cash equivalent funds. The funds are valued at cost which approximates fair value.

The trust fund is sufficiently diversified to maintain a reasonable level of risk without imprudently sacrificing return, with a targeted asset allocation of 40 percent fixed income and 60 percent equities. The investment advisor selects investment fund managers with demonstrated experience and expertise, and funds with demonstrated historical performance, for the implementation of the plan’s investment strategy. The investment manager will consider both actively and passively managed investment strategies and will allocate funds across the asset classes to develop an efficient investment structure.

It is the responsibility of the trustee to administer the investments of the trust within reasonable costs, being careful to avoid sacrificing quality. These costs include, but are not limited to, management and custodial fees, consulting fees, transaction costs and other administrative costs chargeable to the trust.

114

Table of Contents

NOTE 15: Related Party Transactions

Loans outstanding to the Corporation’s management, including directors and senior officers and certain of their affiliates, totaled $1.73 million and $2.17 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Corporation made $125,000 new loan advances to directors and senior officers and received repayments totaling $568,000. Total deposits of directors and senior officers and their related interests were $5.96 million and $5.81 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. In the opinion of management, these transactions were made in the ordinary course of business on substantially the same terms and conditions, including interest rates, collateral and repayment terms, as those prevailing at the same time for comparable transactions with unrelated persons, and, in the opinion of management and the Corporation’s Board of Directors, do not involve more than normal risk or present other unfavorable features.

NOTE 16: Share-Based Plans

On April 16, 2013, the Corporation’s shareholders approved the C&F Financial Corporation 2013 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan for the grant of equity awards to certain key employees of the Corporation, as well as non-employee directors (including non-employee regional or advisory directors). The plan authorizes the Corporation to issue equity awards in the form of stock options, tandem stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and/or other stock-based awards. Since the plan’s approval, equity awards have only been issued in the form of restricted stock.

As permitted under the plan, the Corporation awards shares of restricted stock to certain key employees and non-employee directors. Restricted shares awarded to employees generally vest over periods up to five years, and restricted shares awarded to non-employee directors generally vest over three years. A summary of the activity for restricted stock awards for the periods indicated is presented below:


	2021			2020			2019
		Weighted-			Weighted-			Weighted-
		Average			Average			Average
		Grant Date			Grant Date			Grant Date
	Shares	Fair Value		Shares	Fair Value		Shares	Fair Value
Nonvested at beginning of year	155,945	$	48.52	142,020	$	48.88	139,455	$	45.75
Granted	41,912		47.83	47,385		42.01	36,115		53.75
Vested	(51,305)		48.11	(30,550)		39.84	(32,155)		40.69
Cancelled	(5,975)		45.87	(2,910)		53.46	(1,395)		51.05
Nonvested at end of year	140,577		48.57	155,945		48.52	142,020		48.88

The fair value of shares that vested during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 were $2.42 million, $1.37 million, and $1.72 million, respectively. Compensation is accounted for using the fair value of the Corporation’s common stock on the date the restricted shares are awarded. Compensation expense is charged to income ratably over the required service periods, and was $1.70 million ($1.16 million after income taxes) in 2021, $1.45 million ($981,000 after income taxes) in 2020 and $1.47 million ($932,000 after income taxes) in 2019. As of December 31, 2021, there was $3.76 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock granted under the plan. This amount is expected to be recognized through 2026.

NOTE 17: Regulatory Requirements and Restrictions

The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary, actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Corporation’s and the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank’s capital amounts and classification are subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors. Federal banking regulations also impose regulatory capital requirements on bank holding companies. Under the small bank holding company policy statement of

115

Table of Contents

the FRB, which applies to certain bank holding companies with consolidated total assets of less than $3 billion, the Corporation is not subject to regulatory capital requirements.

As of December 31, 2021, the most recent notification from the FDIC categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized under regulations applicable at December 31, 2021, the Bank was required to maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, CET1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the tables below. The total capital ratio, Tier 1 capital ratio and CET1 ratio are calculated as a percentage of risk-weighted assets. The Tier 1 leverage ratio is calculated as a percentage of average tangible assets.

The Corporation’s and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 are presented in the following tables along with regulatory requirements for the Bank and requirements that apply to bank holding companies that are subject to regulatory capital requirements for bank holding companies. The Corporation’s consolidated capital is determined under regulations that apply to bank holding companies that are not small bank holding companies. Although the minimum regulatory capital requirements are not applicable to the Corporation, the Corporation calculates these ratios for its own planning and monitoring purposes. Total risk-weighted assets at December 31, 2021 for the Corporation were $1.64 billion and for the Bank were $1.61 billion. Total risk-weighted assets at December 31, 2020 for the Corporation were $1.57 billion and for the Bank were $1.55 billion. Management believes that, as of December 31, 2021, the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.

December 31, 2021

Minimum Capital

Well Capitalized

Actual

Requirements

(Dollars in thousands)

Amount

Ratio

Amount

Ratio

Amount

Ratio

The Corporation

Total risk-based capital ratio

257,779

15.8

130,817

8.0

N/A

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

213,095

13.0

98,113

6.0

N/A

Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio

188,095

11.5

73,585

4.5

N/A

Tier 1 leverage ratio

213,095

9.7

88,121

4.0

N/A

The Bank

Total risk-based capital ratio

233,780

14.5

128,701

8.0

160,876

10.0

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

213,423

13.3

96,526

6.0

128,701

8.0

Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio

213,423

13.3

72,394

4.5

104,569

6.5

Tier 1 leverage ratio

213,423

9.8

87,184

4.0

108,980

5.0


	December 31, 2020
					Minimum Capital				Well Capitalized
	Actual				Requirements				Requirements
(Dollars in thousands)	Amount		Ratio		Amount		Ratio		Amount		Ratio
The Corporation
Total risk-based capital ratio	$	240,060	15.2	%	$	125,947	8.0	%	$	N/A	N/A	%
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio		196,140	12.5			94,460	6.0			N/A	N/A
Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio		171,140	10.9			70,845	4.5			N/A	N/A
Tier 1 leverage ratio		196,140	9.6			81,414	4.0			N/A	N/A

The Bank
Total risk-based capital ratio	$	214,151	13.8	%	$	124,291	8.0	%	$	155,364	10.0	%
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio		194,487	12.5			93,219	6.0			124,291	8.0
Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio		194,487	12.5			69,914	4.5			100,987	6.5
Tier 1 leverage ratio		194,487	9.6			80,640	4.0			100,800	5.0

116

Table of Contents

The Basel III rules established a “capital conservation buffer” of additional capital of 2.5 percent above the regulatory minimum risk-based capital ratios, which is not included in the tables above. Including the capital conservation buffer, the minimum ratios are a common equity Tier I risk-based capital ratio of 7.0 percent, a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of 8.5 percent and a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.5 percent. The Corporation and the Bank exceeded these ratios at December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Between 2003 and 2007, the Corporation’s statutory business trusts issued $25.00 million of aggregate trust preferred securities. Based on the Corporation’s Tier 1 capital levels, the entire $25.00 million of trust preferred securities was included in the Corporation’s Tier 1 capital as of December 31, 2021 and 2020. The Corporation’s 2028 Subordinated Notes, assumed upon the acquisition of Peoples in 2020, and the Corporation’s 2030 Subordinated Notes, issued in 2020, each qualify for inclusion in Tier 2 capital of the Corporation. In each case, the amount included in regulatory capital with respect to trust preferred securities or subordinated notes may be reduced as those instruments near maturity.

Federal and state banking regulations place certain restrictions on dividends paid and loans or advances made by C&F Bank to the Corporation. The total amount of dividends that may be paid at any date by C&F Bank is generally limited to the retained earnings of C&F Bank, while other measures of capital adequacy may also restrict the Bank’s ability to declare dividends.

NOTE 18: Commitments and Contingent Liabilities

The Corporation enters into commitments to extend credit in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers, including loan commitments and standby letters of credit. These instruments involve elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Corporation’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit written is represented by the contractual amount of these instruments. The Corporation uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments. Collateral is obtained based on management’s credit assessment of the customer.

Loan commitments are agreements to extend credit to a customer provided that there are no violations of the terms of the contract prior to funding. Commitments have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee by the customer. Because many of the commitments may expire without being completely drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Bank evaluates each customer’s credit-worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of loan commitments at the Bank was $305.37 million at December 31, 2021 and $326.98 million at December 31, 2020, which does not include IRLCs at the mortgage banking segment, which are discussed in Note 21.

Standby letters of credit are written conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers. The total contract amount of standby letters of credit, whose contract amounts represent credit risk, was $15.11 million at December 31, 2021 and $19.07 million at December 31, 2020.

117

Table of Contents

been sold in the secondary market. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Corporation recorded a reversal of provision for indemnifications of $104,000, compared to a provision for indemnifications of $881,000 for the year ended December 31, 2020, which is included in “Noninterest Expenses – Other” on the Consolidated Statements of Income. The following table presents the changes in the allowance for indemnification losses for the periods presented:


	Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2021		2020
Allowance, beginning of period	$	3,356	$	2,475
Provision for indemnification losses		(104)		881
Payments		—		—
Allowance, end of period	$	3,252	$	3,356

NOTE 19: Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities

Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. U.S. GAAP requires that valuation techniques maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. U.S. GAAP also establishes a fair value hierarchy which prioritizes the valuation inputs into three broad levels. Based on the underlying inputs, each fair value measurement in its entirety is reported in one of the three levels. These levels are:

●

Level 1—Valuation is based upon quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets. Level 1 assets and liabilities include debt securities traded in an active exchange market, as well as U.S. Treasury securities.

●

Level 2—Valuation is based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

●

Level 3—Valuation is determined using model-based techniques that use at least one significant assumption not observable in the market. These unobservable assumptions reflect the Corporation’s estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the respective asset or liability. Valuation techniques may include the use of pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques.

U.S. GAAP allows an entity the irrevocable option to elect fair value (the fair value option) for the initial and subsequent measurement for certain financial assets and liabilities on a contract-by-contract basis. The Corporation has elected to use fair value accounting for its entire portfolio of LHFS.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The following describes the valuation techniques and inputs used by the Corporation in determining the fair value of certain assets recorded at fair value on a recurring basis in the financial statements.

Securities available for sale. The Corporation primarily values its investment portfolio using Level 2 fair value measurements, but may also use Level 1 or Level 3 measurements if required by the composition of the portfolio. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Corporation’s entire investment securities portfolio was comprised of securities available for sale, which were valued using Level 2 fair value measurements. The Corporation has contracted with third party portfolio accounting service vendors for valuation of its securities portfolio. The vendors’ sources for security valuation are ICE Data Services (ICE) and Thomson Reuters Pricing Service (TRPS). Each source provides opinions, known as evaluated prices, as to the value of individual securities based on model-based pricing techniques that are partially based on available market data, including prices for similar instruments in active markets and prices for identical assets in markets that are not active. ICE provides evaluated prices for the Corporation's obligations of states and political

118

Table of Contents

subdivisions category of securities. ICE uses proprietary pricing models and pricing systems, mathematical tools and judgment to determine an evaluated price for a security based upon a hierarchy of market information regarding that security or securities with similar characteristics. TRPS provides evaluated prices for the Corporation’s U.S. government agencies and corporations, mortgage-backed and corporate categories of securities. Fixed-rate callable securities of the U.S. government agencies and corporations category are individually evaluated on an option adjusted spread basis for callable issues or on a nominal spread basis incorporating the term structure of agency market spreads and the appropriate risk free benchmark curve for non-callable issues. Pass-through mortgage-backed securities (MBS) in the mortgage-backed category are grouped into aggregate categories defined by issuer program, weighted average coupon, and weighted average maturity. Each aggregate is benchmarked to relative to-be-announced mortgage backed securities (TBA securities) or other benchmark prices. TBA securities prices are obtained from market makers and live trading systems. Collateralized mortgage obligations in the mortgage-backed category are individually evaluated based upon a hierarchy of security specific information and market data regarding that security or securities with similar characteristics. Each evaluation is determined using an option adjusted spread and prepayment model based on volatility-driven, multi-dimensional spread tables. Fixed-rate securities issued by the Small Business Association in the mortgage backed category are individually evaluated based upon a hierarchy of security specific information and market data regarding that security or securities with similar characteristics.

Investments in small business investment company funds. The Corporation holds an investment in a small business investment company fund, which is recorded at fair value and included in other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Changes in fair value are recognized in net income. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the fair value of the Corporation’s investment in small business investment companies, based on net asset value, was $1.47 million and $1.48 million, respectively. Investments in small business investment company funds measured at net asset value are not presented in the tables below related to fair value measurements. Changes in fair value of small business investment company funds resulted in the recognition of unrealized gains of $172,000 for the year ended December 31, 2021 and unrealized losses of $62,000 for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Loans held for sale. Fair value of the Corporation’s LHFS is based on observable market prices for similar instruments traded in the secondary mortgage loan markets in which the Corporation conducts business. The Corporation’s portfolio of LHFS is classified as Level 2.

Derivative asset - IRLCs. The Corporation recognizes IRLCs at fair value. Fair value of IRLCs is based on either (i) the price of the underlying loans obtained from an investor for loans that will be delivered on a best efforts basis or (ii) the observable price for individual loans traded in the secondary market for loans that will be delivered on a mandatory basis. All of the Corporation’s IRLCs are classified as Level 2.

Derivative asset/liability – interest rate swaps on loans. The Corporation recognizes interest rate swaps at fair value. The Corporation has contracted with a third party vendor to provide valuations for these interest rate swaps using standard valuation techniques. All of the Corporation’s interest rate swaps on loans are classified as Level 2.

Derivative asset/liability - cash flow hedges. The Corporation recognizes cash flow hedges at fair value. The fair value of the Corporation’s cash flow hedges is determined using the discounted cash flow method. All of the Corporation’s cash flow hedges are classified as Level 2.

Derivative asset/liability – forward sales of TBA securities. The Corporation recognizes forward sales of TBA securities at fair value. The fair value of forward sales of TBA securities is based on prices obtained from market makers and live trading systems for TBA securities of similar issuer programs, coupons and maturities. All of the Corporation’s forward sales of TBA securities are classified as Level 2.

119

Table of Contents

The following table presents the balances of financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis.


	December 31, 2021
	Fair Value Measurements Classified as						Assets/Liabilities at
(Dollars in thousands)	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Fair Value
Assets:
Securities available for sale
U.S. government agencies and corporations	$	—	$	68,285	$	—	$	68,285
Mortgage-backed securities		—		190,349		—		190,349
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		—		92,666		—		92,666
Corporate and other debt securities		—		21,773		—		21,773
Total securities available for sale		—		373,073		—		373,073
Loans held for sale		—		82,295		—		82,295
Derivatives
IRLC		—		1,523		—		1,523
Interest rate swaps on loans		—		3,467		—		3,467
Total assets	$	—	$	460,358	$	—	$	460,358

Liabilities:
Derivatives
Interest rate swaps on loans	$	—	$	3,467	$	—	$	3,467
Cash flow hedges		—		665		—		665
Forward sales of TBA securities		—		3		—		3
Total liabilities	$	—	$	4,135	$	—	$	4,135


	December 31, 2020
	Fair Value Measurements Classified as						Assets/Liabilities at
(Dollars in thousands)	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Fair Value
Assets:
Securities available for sale		��
U.S. government agencies and corporations	$	—	$	48,282	$	—	$	48,282
Mortgage-backed securities		—		123,714		—		123,714
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		—		102,805		—		102,805
Corporate and other debt securities		—		11,588		—		11,588
Total securities available for sale		—		286,389		—		286,389
Loans held for sale		—		214,266		—		214,266
Derivatives
IRLC		—		4,582		—		4,582
Interest rate swaps on loans		—		8,185		—		8,185
Total assets	$	—	$	513,422	$	—	$	513,422

Liabilities:
Derivatives
Interest rate swaps on loans	$	—	$	8,185	$	—	$	8,185
Cash flow hedges		—		1,882		—		1,882
Forward sales of TBA securities		—		47		—		47
Total liabilities	$	—	$	10,114	$	—	$	10,114

120

Table of Contents

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

The Corporation may be required, from time to time, to measure and recognize certain assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The following describes the valuation techniques and inputs used by the Corporation in determining the fair value of certain assets recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in the financial statements.

Impaired loans. The Corporation does not record loans held for investment at fair value on a recurring basis. However, there are instances when a loan is considered impaired and an allowance for loan losses is established. The Corporation measures impairment either based on the fair value of the loan using the loan’s obtainable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent, or using the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, which is not a fair value measurement. The Corporation maintains a valuation allowance to the extent that this measure of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan. When an impaired loan is measured at fair value based solely on observable market prices or a current appraisal without further adjustment for unobservable inputs, the Corporation records the impaired loan as a nonrecurring fair value measurement classified as Level 2. However, if based on management’s review, additional discounts to observed market prices or appraisals are required or if observable inputs are not available, the Corporation records the impaired loan as a nonrecurring fair value measurement classified as Level 3.

Impaired loans that are measured based on expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate rather than the market rate of interest, are not recorded at fair value and are therefore excluded from fair value disclosure requirements.

OREO. Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value less estimated costs to sell at the date of foreclosure. Initial fair value is based upon appraisals the Corporation obtains from independent licensed appraisers. Subsequent to foreclosure, management periodically performs valuations of the foreclosed assets based on updated appraisals, general market conditions, recent sales of similar properties, length of time the properties have been held, and our ability and intent with regard to continued ownership of the properties. The Corporation may incur additional write-downs of foreclosed assets to fair value less estimated costs to sell if valuations indicate a further deterioration in market conditions. As such, the Corporation records OREO as a nonrecurring fair value measurement classified as Level 3.

At December 31, 2021 there were 0 impaired loans and 0 OREO that were measured at fair value. At December 31, 2020 there were 0 impaired loans that were measured at fair value. The following table presents the balances of assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2020.


	December 31, 2020
	Fair Value Measurements Classified as						Assets at Fair
(Dollars in thousands)	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Value
Other real estate owned, net	$	—	$	—	$	72	$	72
Total	$	—	$	—	$	72	$	72

121

Table of Contents

The following table presents quantitative information about Level 3 fair value measurements for financial assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of December 31, 2020:


	Fair Value Measurements
(Dollars in thousands)	Fair Value		Valuation Technique(s)	Unobservable Inputs	Range (Weighted Average)¹
At December 31, 2020:
Other real estate owned, net	$	72	Appraisals	Discount to reflect current market conditions and estimated selling costs	75% - 80% (79%)
Total	$	72

1	The weighted average of unobservable inputs is calculated based on the relative asset fair values.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

FASB ASC 825, Financial Instruments, requires disclosure about fair value of financial instruments, including those financial assets and financial liabilities that are not required to be measured and reported at fair value on a recurring or nonrecurring basis. ASC 825 excludes certain financial instruments and all nonfinancial instruments from its disclosure requirements. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented may not necessarily represent the underlying fair value of the Corporation. The Corporation uses the exit price notion in calculating the fair values of financial instruments not measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

The following tables reflect the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Corporation’s financial instruments whether or not recognized on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value.

Carrying

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2021 Classified as

Total Fair

(Dollars in thousands)

Value

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Value

Financial assets:

Cash and short-term investments

269,487

267,745

1,235

—

268,980

Securities available for sale

373,073

—

373,073

—

373,073

Loans, net

1,369,903

—

1,379,564

Loans held for sale

82,295

—

82,295

—

82,295

Derivatives

IRLC

1,523

—

1,523

—

1,523

Interest rate swaps on loans

3,467

—

3,467

—

3,467

Bank-owned life insurance

20,597

—

20,597

—

20,597

Accrued interest receivable

6,810

—

6,810

Financial liabilities:

Demand and savings deposits

1,488,893

—

1,488,893

Time deposits

425,721

—

428,462

—

428,462

Borrowings

84,115

—

89,609

—

89,609

Derivatives

Cash flow hedges

665

—

665

—

665

Interest rate swaps on loans

3,467

—

3,467

—

3,467

Forward sales of TBA securities

—

Accrued interest payable

715

—

715

122

Table of Contents


	Carrying		Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2020 Classified as						Total Fair
(Dollars in thousands)	Value		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Value
Financial assets:
Cash and short-term investments	$	94,342	$	86,669	$	7,710	$	—	$	94,379
Securities available for sale		286,389		—		286,389		—		286,389
Loans, net		1,313,250		—		—		1,308,569		1,308,569
Loans held for sale		214,266		—		214,266		—		214,266
Derivatives
IRLC		4,582		—		4,582		—		4,582
Interest rate swaps on loans		8,185		—		8,185		—		8,185
Bank-owned life insurance		20,205		—		20,205		—		20,205
Accrued interest receivable		8,103		8,103		—		—		8,103
Financial liabilities:
Demand and savings deposits		1,282,590		1,282,590		—		—		1,282,590
Time deposits		469,583		—		474,154		—		474,154
Borrowings		69,864		—		71,119		—		71,119
Derivatives
Cash flow hedges		1,882		—		1,882		—		1,882
Interest rate swaps on loans		8,185		—		8,185		—		8,185
Forward sales of TBA securities		47		—		47				47
Accrued interest payable		1,109		1,109		—		—		1,109

The Corporation assumes interest rate risk (the risk that general interest rate levels will change) in the normal course of operations. As a result, the fair values of the Corporation’s financial instruments will change when interest rate levels change and that change may be either favorable or unfavorable to the Corporation. Management attempts to match maturities of assets and liabilities to the extent believed necessary to balance minimizing interest rate risk and increasing net interest income in current market conditions. However, borrowers with fixed rate obligations are less likely to prepay in a rising rate environment and more likely to prepay in a falling rate environment. Conversely, depositors who are receiving fixed rates are more likely to withdraw funds before maturity in a rising rate environment and less likely to do so in a falling rate environment. Management monitors interest rates, maturities and repricing dates of assets and liabilities and attempts to manage interest rate risk by adjusting terms of new loans, deposits and borrowings and by investing in securities with terms that mitigate the Corporation’s overall interest rate risk.

NOTE 20: Business Segments

The Corporation operates in a decentralized fashion in 3 business segments: community banking, mortgage banking and consumer finance. Beginning with the first quarter of 2021, the community banking segment comprises C&F Bank and C&F Wealth Management. Prior to 2021, the segment comprised only C&F Bank, and prior periods have been restated to conform to the current period presentation. Revenues from community banking operations consist primarily of net interest income related to investments in loans and securities and outstanding deposits and borrowings, fees earned on deposit accounts and debit card interchange activity, and net revenues from offering wealth management services and insurance products through third-party service providers. Mortgage banking operating revenues consist principally of gains on sales of loans in the secondary market, mortgage banking fee income related to loan originations, fees earned by providing mortgage loan origination functions to third-party lenders, and net interest income on mortgage loans held for sale. Revenues from consumer finance consist primarily of net interest income earned on purchased retail installment sales contracts.

The Corporation’s revenues and expenses are comprised primarily of interest expense associated with the Corporation’s trust preferred capital notes and subordinated debt, general corporate expenses, and changes in the value of the rabbi trust and deferred compensation liability related to its nonqualified deferred compensation plan. The results of the Corporation,

123

Table of Contents

which includes funding and operating costs that are not allocated to the business segments, are included in the column labeled “Other” in the tables below.

Year Ended December 31, 2021

Community

Mortgage

Consumer

(Dollars in thousands)

Banking

Finance

Other

Eliminations

Consolidated

Interest income

62,402

3,845

37,803

—

(10,322)

93,728

Interest expense

5,693

1,157

9,503

2,349

(10,343)

8,359

Net interest income

56,709

2,688

28,300

(2,349)

85,369

Gain on sales of loans

—

22,370

—

(91)

22,279

Other noninterest income

15,208

9,192

378

2,207

(101)

26,884

Net revenue

71,917

34,250

28,678

(142)

(171)

134,532

Provision for loan losses

(200)

(45)

820

—

575

Noninterest expense

54,981

23,328

14,213

3,375

(22)

95,875

Income (loss) before taxes

17,136

10,967

13,645

(3,517)

(149)

38,082

Income tax expense (benefit)

3,051

3,284

3,685

(1,030)

(31)

8,959

Net income (loss)

14,085

7,683

9,960

(2,487)

(118)

29,123

Other data:

Capital expenditures

878

164

3,744

—

4,786

Depreciation and amortization

4,113

256

372

—

4,741

5 c
	Year Ended December 31, 2020
	Community		Mortgage		Consumer
(Dollars in thousands)	Banking		Banking		Finance		Other		Eliminations		Consolidated
Interest income	$	62,173	$	4,954	$	38,949	$	—	$	(9,163)	$	96,913
Interest expense		10,630		1,579		8,726		1,611		(9,164)		13,382
Net interest income		51,543		3,375		30,223		(1,611)		1		83,531
Gain on sales of loans		3,489		25,792		—		—		(57)		29,224
Other noninterest income		12,896		9,985		492		2,040		(30)		25,383
Net revenue		67,928		39,152		30,715		429		(86)		138,138

Provision for loan losses		4,600		10		6,470		—		—		11,080
Noninterest expense		56,770		24,014		13,828		3,227		—		97,839
Income (loss) before taxes		6,558		15,128		10,417		(2,798)		(86)		29,219
Income tax expense (benefit)		411		4,392		2,805		(795)		(18)		6,795
Net income (loss)	$	6,147	$	10,736	$	7,612	$	(2,003)	$	(68)	$	22,424

Other data:
Capital expenditures	$	6,528	$	354	$	3,346	$	—	$	—	$	10,228
Depreciation and amortization	$	3,733	$	281	$	175	$	—	$	—	$	4,189

124

Table of Contents


	Year Ended December 31, 2019
	Community		Mortgage		Consumer
(Dollars in thousands)	Banking		Banking		Finance		Other		Eliminations		Consolidated
Interest income	$	59,465	$	2,699	$	41,389	$	4	$	(8,547)	$	95,010
Interest expense		10,181		1,618		10,169		1,135		(8,547)		14,556
Net interest income		49,284		1,081		31,220		(1,131)		—		80,454
Gain on sales of loans		—		10,603		—		—		—		10,603
Other noninterest income		13,068		5,103		565		2,104		—		20,840
Net revenue		62,352		16,787		31,785		973		—		111,897

Provision for loan losses		360		—		8,155		—		—		8,515
Noninterest expense		49,743		11,678		14,202		3,827		—		79,450
Income (loss) before taxes		12,249		5,109		9,428		(2,854)		—		23,932
Income tax expense (benefit)		1,964		1,336		2,560		(778)		—		5,082
Net income (loss)	$	10,285	$	3,773	$	6,868	$	(2,076)	$	—	$	18,850

Other data:
Capital expenditures	$	2,337	$	246	$	123	$	—	$	—	$	2,706
Depreciation and amortization	$	3,424	$	246	$	196	$	—	$	—	$	3,866


	Community		Mortgage		Consumer
(Dollars in thousands)	Banking		Banking		Finance		Other		Eliminations		Consolidated
Total assets at December 31, 2021	$	2,131,391	$	105,547	$	372,292	$	44,897	$	(389,606)	$	2,264,521
Total assets at December 31, 2020	$	1,951,622	$	239,417	$	314,746	$	43,826	$	(463,301)	$	2,086,310

NaN merger related expenses were recorded during the year ended December 31, 2021. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Corporation recorded merger related expenses of $1.40 million ($1.13 million after income taxes), in connection with its acquisition of Peoples, of which $1.30 million ($1.03 million after income taxes) was allocated to the community banking segment and recorded as $119,000 of salaries and benefits expense, $879,000 of other noninterest expense and a loss on disposal of equipment of $298,000 included in other noninterest income. The remainder was recorded as other noninterest expense at the holding company. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Corporation recorded merger related expenses of $709,000 ($653,000 after income taxes) in connection with its acquisition of Peoples, of which $236,000 ($196,000 after income taxes) was allocated to the community banking segment and recorded as other noninterest expense, and the remainder was recorded as other noninterest expense at the holding company.

The community banking segment extends 2 warehouse lines of credit to the mortgage banking segment, providing a portion of the funds needed to originate mortgage loans. The community banking segment charges the mortgage banking segment interest at the daily FHLB advance rate plus a spread ranging from 50 basis points to 175 basis points. The community banking segment also provides the consumer finance segment with a portion of the funds needed to purchase loan contracts by means of variable rate notes that carry interest at one-month LIBOR plus 200 basis points, with a floor of 3.5 percent, and fixed rate notes that carry interest at rates ranging from 2.21 percent to 8.0 percent. The community banking segment acquires certain residential real estate loans from the mortgage banking segment at prices similar to those paid by third-party investors. These transactions are eliminated to reach consolidated totals. In addition to unallocated expenses recorded by the holding company, certain overhead costs are incurred by the community banking segment and are not allocated to the mortgage banking and consumer finance segments.

NOTE 21: Derivative Financial Instruments

The Corporation uses derivative financial instruments primarily to manage risks to the Corporation associated with changing interest rates, and to assist customers with their risk management objectives. The Corporation designates certain interest rate swaps as hedging instruments in qualifying cash flow hedges. The changes in fair value of these designated hedging instruments is reported as a component of other comprehensive income. Derivative contracts that are not

125

Table of Contents

designated in a qualifying hedging relationship include customer accommodation loan swaps and contracts related to mortgage banking activities.

Cash flow hedges. The Corporation designates interest rate swaps as cash flow hedges when they are used to manage exposure to variability in cash flows on variable rate borrowings such as the Corporation’s trust preferred capital notes. These interest rate swaps are derivative financial instruments that manage the risk of variability in cash flows by exchanging variable-rate interest payments on a notional amount of the Corporation’s borrowings for fixed-rate interest payments. Interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges are expected to be highly effective in offsetting the effect of changes in interest rates on the amount of variable-rate interest payments, and the Corporation assesses the effectiveness of each hedging relationship quarterly. If the Corporation determines that a cash flow hedge is no longer highly effective, future changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument would be reported in earnings. As of December 31, 2021, the Corporation has designated cash flow hedges to manage its exposure to variability in cash flows on certain variable rate borrowings for periods that end between June 2024 and June 2029.

All interest rate swaps were entered into with counterparties that met the Corporation’s credit standards and the agreements contain collateral provisions protecting the at-risk party. The Corporation believes that the credit risk inherent in these derivative contracts is not significant.

Unrealized gains or losses recorded in other comprehensive income related to cash flow hedges are reclassified into earnings in the same period(s) during which the hedged interest payments affect earnings. When a designated hedging instrument is terminated and the hedged interest payments remain probable of occurring, any remaining unrecognized gain or loss in other comprehensive income is reclassified into earnings in the period(s) during which the forecasted interest payments affect earnings. Amounts reclassified into earnings and interest receivable or payable under designated interest rate swaps are reported in interest expense. The Corporation does not expect any unrealized losses related to cash flow hedges to be reclassified into earnings in the next twelve months.

Loan swaps. The Bank also enters into interest rate swaps with certain qualifying commercial loan customers to meet their interest rate risk management needs. The Bank simultaneously enters into interest rate swaps with dealer counterparties, with identical notional amounts and offsetting terms. The net result of these interest rate swaps is that the customer pays a fixed rate of interest and the Corporation receives a floating rate. These back-to-back loan swaps are derivative financial instruments and are reported at fair value in “other assets” and “other liabilities” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Changes in the fair value of loan swaps are recorded in other noninterest income and sum to 0 because of the offsetting terms of swaps with borrowers and swaps with dealer counterparties.

Mortgage banking. The mortgage banking segment enters into IRLCs with customers to originate loans for which the interest rates are determined (or “locked”) prior to funding. The mortgage banking segment is exposed to interest rate risk through fixed-rate IRLCs and mortgage loans from the time that interest rates are locked until the loans are sold in the secondary market. The mortgage banking segment mitigates this interest rate risk by either: (1) entering into forward sales contracts with investors at the time that interest rates are locked for mortgage loans to be delivered on a best efforts basis or (2) entering into forward sales contracts for TBA securities until it can enter into forward sales contracts with investors for mortgage loans to be delivered on a mandatory basis. IRLCs, forward sales of loans and forward sales of TBA securities are derivative financial instruments and are reported at fair value in other assets and other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Changes in the fair value of mortgage banking derivatives are recorded as a component of gains on sales of loans.

At December 31, 2021, the mortgage banking segment had $80.59 million of IRLCs and $72.24 million of unpaid principal on mortgage loans held for sale for which it managed interest rate risk using best-efforts forward sales contracts for $152.83 million in mortgage loans. Also at December 31, 2021, the mortgage banking segment had $2.82 million of IRLCs and $7.40 million of unpaid principal on mortgage loans held for sale for which it managed interest rate risk using forward sales of $9.25 million of TBA securities and mandatory-delivery forward sales contracts for $1.01 million in mortgage loans.

126

Table of Contents

At December 31, 2020, the mortgage banking segment had $190.96 million of IRLCs and $200.88 million of unpaid principal on mortgage loans held for sale for which it managed interest rate risk using best-efforts forward sales contracts for $391.84 million in mortgage loans. Also at December 31, 2020, the mortgage banking segment had $7.67 million of IRLCs and $5.63 million of unpaid principal on mortgage loans held for sale for which it managed interest rate risk using forward sales of $8.00 million of TBA securities and mandatory-delivery forward sales contracts for $3.94 million in mortgage loans.

The following tables summarize key elements of the Corporation’s derivative instruments other than forward sales of mortgage loans. The fair values of forward sales of mortgage loans were not material to the consolidated financial statements of the Corporation at December 31, 2021 and 2020.


	December 31, 2021
	Notional
(Dollars in thousands)	Amount		Assets		Liabilities
Cash flow hedges:
Interest rate swap contracts	$	25,000	$	—	$	665
Not designated as hedges:
Customer-related interest rate swap contracts:
Matched interest rate swaps with borrower		72,352		3,303		164
Matched interest rate swaps with counterparty		72,352		164		3,303
Mortgage banking contracts:
IRLCs		83,407		1,523		—
Forward sales of TBA securities		9,250		—		3


	December 31, 2020
	Notional
(Dollars in thousands)	Amount		Assets		Liabilities
Cash flow hedges:
Interest rate swap contracts	$	25,000	$	—	$	1,882
Not designated as hedges:
Customer-related interest rate swap contracts:
Matched interest rate swaps with borrower		84,753		8,185		—
Matched interest rate swaps with counterparty		84,753		—		8,185
Mortgage banking contracts:
IRLCs		198,632		4,582		—
Forward sales of TBA securities		8,000		—		47

The Corporation and the Bank are required to maintain cash collateral with dealer counterparties for interest rate swap relationships in a loss position. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, $3.88 million and $9.92 million, respectively, of cash collateral was maintained with dealer counterparties and was included in “Other assets” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

127

Table of Contents

NOTE 22: Holding Company Condensed Financial Information

The following tables present the condensed balance sheets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and the condensed statements of comprehensive income and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 for the Corporation on a standalone basis:


	December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2021		2020
Condensed Balance Sheets
Assets
Cash	$	20,584	$	21,272
Other assets		24,884		22,680
Investment in C&F Bank		235,771		218,148
Total assets	$	281,239	$	262,100
Liabilities and equity
Trust preferred capital notes	$	25,351	$	25,316
Long-term borrowings		24,029		24,093
Other liabilities		21,541		18,886
Equity		210,318		193,805
Total liabilities and equity	$	281,239	$	262,100


	Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2021		2020		2019
Condensed Statements of Comprehensive Income
Interest expense on borrowings	$	(2,348)	$	(1,611)	$	(1,135)
Dividends received from C&F Bank		12,500		8,746		22,632
Equity in undistributed net income of C&F Bank		18,653		15,373		(1,697)
Other income		2,207		2,041		2,108
Other expenses		(2,345)		(2,432)		(3,049)
Net income		28,667		22,117		18,859
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax		(132)		294		2,423
Comprehensive income	$	28,535	$	22,411	$	21,282

128

Table of Contents


	Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2021		2020		2019
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
Operating activities:
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	12,001	$	8,141	$	20,674
Investing activities:
Acquisition of Peoples Bankshares, Inc.		—		(10,084)		—
Swap collateral, net		1,030		(1,710)		(150)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		1,030		(11,794)		(150)
Financing activities:
Proceeds from borrowings		—		19,924		—
Common stock repurchases		(8,232)		(1,061)		(4,385)
Cash dividends		(5,675)		(5,546)		(5,131)
Other financing activities, net		188		144		140
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities		(13,719)		13,461		(9,376)
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents		(688)		9,808		11,148
Cash at beginning of year		21,272		11,464		316
Cash at end of year	$	20,584	$	21,272	$	11,464

NOTE 23: Other Noninterest Expenses

The following table presents the significant components in the Consolidated Statements of Income line “Noninterest Expenses-Other.”


	Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2021		2020		2019
Data processing fees	$	11,088	$	10,916	$	8,958
Mortgage banking loan processing expenses		3,128		3,235		1,666
Professional fees		3,066		3,046		3,265
Marketing and advertising expenses		1,523		1,663		1,781
Telecommunication expenses		1,517		1,455		1,328
Travel and educational expenses		959		1,153		1,329
Other real estate (gain)/loss and expenses, net		(379)		213		58
All other noninterest expenses		7,533		7,654		5,952
Total other noninterest expenses	$	28,435	$	29,335	$	24,337

There were 0 merger related expenses for the year ended December 31, 2021. The table above includes merger related expenses for the year ended December 31, 2020 of $898,000, of which $501,000 was included in data processing fees, $336,000 was included in professional fees, and $61,000 was included in all other noninterest expenses. The table above includes merger related expenses for the year ended December 31, 2019 of approximately $709,000, of which $50,000 was included in data processing fees, $614,000 was included in professional fees, $1,000 was included in telecommunication expenses and $44,000 was included in all other noninterest expenses.

129

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors

C&F Financial Corporation

Toano, Virginia

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of C&F Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries (the Corporation) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements (collectively, the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Corporation as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013, and our report dated March 1, 2022 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Corporation’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Corporation’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Corporation in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Allowance for Loan Losses – Qualitative Factors

As described in Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Note 5 – Allowance for Loan Losses to the consolidated financial statements, the Corporation maintains an allowance for loan losses that management believes will be adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. For loans that are not specifically identified for

130

Table of Contents

impairment, management determines the allowance for loan losses based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors. Qualitative adjustments to the historical loss experience are established by applying a loss percentage to the loan segments established by management based on their assessment of shared risk characteristics within groups of similar loans.

Qualitative factors are determined based on management’s continuing evaluation of inputs and assumptions underlying the quality of the loan portfolio. Management evaluates qualitative factors by loan segment, primarily considering current economic conditions, changes in concentrations, nature and volume of loans, delinquency trends, collateral values, and lending policies and procedures, and may also consider the experience and tenure of the lending team, loan review system, and other external factors. Qualitative factors contribute significantly to the allowance for loan losses. Management exercised significant judgment when assessing the qualitative factors in estimating the allowance for loan losses. We identified the assessment of the qualitative factors as a critical audit matter as auditing the qualitative factors involved especially complex and subjective auditor judgment in evaluating management’s assessment of the inherently subjective estimates.

The primary audit procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included:

●

Testing the effectiveness of controls over the evaluation of qualitative factors, including management's development and review of the data inputs used as the basis for the allocations and management's review and approval of the reasonableness of the assumptions used to develop the qualitative adjustments.

●

Substantively testing management’s process, including evaluating their judgments and assumptions for developing the qualitative factors, which included:

Evaluating the completeness and accuracy of data inputs used as a basis for the qualitative factors.

Evaluating the reasonableness of management’s judgments related to the determination of qualitative factors.

Evaluating the qualitative factors for directional consistency and for reasonableness.

Testing the mathematical accuracy of the allowance calculation, including the application of the qualitative factors.

/s/ Yount, Hyde & Barbour, P.C.

We have served as the Corporation’s auditor since 1997.

Richmond, Virginia

March 1, 2022

131

Table of Contents

ITEM 9.CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A.CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures. The Corporation’s management, including the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2021 to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Corporation in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Corporation’s management, including the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures will detect or uncover every situation involving the failure of persons within the Corporation or its subsidiaries to disclose material information required to be set forth in the Corporation’s periodic reports.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Management of the Corporation is also responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013). Based on our assessment, we believe that, as of December 31, 2021, the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting was effective based on those criteria.

The effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021 has been audited by Yount, Hyde & Barbour, P.C., (U.S. PCAOB Auditor Firm I.D.: 613), the independent registered public accounting firm who also audited the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Yount, Hyde & Barbour, P.C.’s attestation report on the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting appears on the following page.

Changes in Internal Controls. There were no changes in the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting during the Corporation’s fourth quarter ended December 31, 2021 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting.

132

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors

C&F Financial Corporation

Toano, Virginia

Opinion on the Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We have audited C&F Financial Corporation’s (the Corporation’s) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013. In our opinion, the Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021 of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, and our report dated March 1, 2022 expressed an unqualified opinion.

Basis for Opinion

The Corporation’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Corporation in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

133

Table of Contents

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ Yount, Hyde & Barbour, P.C.

Richmond, Virginia

March 1, 2022

134

Table of Contents

ITEM 9B.OTHER INFORMATION

None.

ITEM 9C.DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS

Not applicable.

PART III

ITEM 10.DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information with respect to the directors of the Corporation is contained in the 2022 Proxy Statement under the caption, “Proposal One: Election of Directors,” and is incorporated herein by reference. The information regarding the Section 16(a) reporting requirements of the directors and executive officers, if applicable, is contained in the 2022 Proxy Statement under the caption, “Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports,” and is incorporated herein by reference. The information concerning executive officers of the Corporation is included after Item 4 of this Form 10-K under the caption, “Information about Our Executive Officers.” The information regarding the Corporation’s Audit Committee is contained in the 2022 Proxy Statement under the caption “Audit Committee Report” and is incorporated herein by reference.

The Corporation has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (Code) that applies to its directors, executives and employees including the principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer and controller, or persons performing similar functions. This Code is posted on our Internet website at http://www.cffc.com under “Investor Relations.” The Corporation will provide a copy of the Code to any person without charge upon written request to C&F Financial Corporation, c/o Secretary, 3600 La Grange Parkway, Toano, Virginia 23168. The Corporation intends to provide any required disclosure of any amendment to or waiver of the Code that applies to its principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, on http://www.cffc.com under “Investor Relations” promptly following the amendment or waiver. The Corporation may elect to disclose any such amendment or waiver in a report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC either in addition to or in lieu of the website disclosure. The information contained on or connected to the Corporation’s Internet website is not incorporated by reference in this report and should not be considered part of this or any other report that we file or furnish to the SEC.

The Corporation provides an informal process for security holders to send communications to its Board of Directors. Security holders who wish to contact the Board of Directors or any of its members may do so by addressing their written correspondence to C&F Financial Corporation, Board of Directors, c/o Corporate Secretary, 3600 La Grange Parkway, Toano, Virginia 23168. Correspondence directed to an individual board member will be referred, unopened, to that member. Correspondence not directed to a particular board member will be referred, unopened, to the Chairman of the Board.

ITEM 11.EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information contained in the 2022 Proxy Statement under the captions, “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,” “Compensation Policies and Practices as They Relate to Risk Management,” “Executive Compensation” and “Compensation Committee Report,” and the compensation tables that follow the Compensation Committee Report in the 2022 Proxy Statement are incorporated herein by reference. The information regarding director compensation contained in the 2022 Proxy Statement under the caption, “Director Compensation,” is incorporated herein by reference.

135

Table of Contents

ITEM 12.SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information contained in the 2022 Proxy Statement under the caption, “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management,” is incorporated herein by reference.

The information contained in the 2022 Proxy Statement under the caption, “Equity Compensation Plan Information,” is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13.CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information contained in the 2022 Proxy Statement under the caption, “Interest of Management in Certain Transactions,” is incorporated herein by reference. The information contained in the 2022 Proxy Statement under the caption, “Director Independence,” is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14.PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information contained in the 2022 Proxy Statement under the captions, “Principal Accountant Fees” and “Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policy,” is incorporated herein by reference.

136

Table of Contents

PART IV

ITEM 15.EXHIBIT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)

Exhibits:


2.1	Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated as of August 13, 2019 by and among C&F Financial Corporation and Peoples Bankshares, Incorporated (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Form S-4 filed October 15, 2019)

3.1	Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of C&F Financial Corporation, effective March 7, 1994 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Form 10-Q filed November 8, 2017)

3.1.1	Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of C&F Financial Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1.1 to Form 8-K filed January 14, 2009)

3.2	Amended and Restated Bylaws of C&F Financial Corporation, as adopted December 15, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Form 8-K filed December 17, 2020)

4.1	Description of Securities Registered under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 10-K filed March 3, 2020)

4.2	Form of Subordinated Note (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K filed September 30, 2020)

Certain instruments relating to trust preferred securities not being registered have been omitted in accordance with Item 601(b)(4)(iii) of Regulation S-K. The registrant will furnish a copy of any such instrument to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon its request.


*10.1	Second Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement dated December 23, 2021 by and among C&F Financial Corporation, Citizens and Farmers Bank and Larry G. Dillon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Form 8-K filed December 27, 2021)

*10.2	Second Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement dated December 23, 2021 by and among C&F Financial Corporation, Citizens and Farmers Bank and Thomas F. Cherry (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Form 8-K filed December 27, 2021)

*10.3	Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement dated December 23, 2021 by and among C&F Financial Corporation, Citizens and Farmers Bank and Jason E. Long (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Form 8-K filed December 27, 2021)

*10.4	C&F Financial Corporation Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Form 10-K filed March 8, 2018)

*10.4.1	Amendment to C&F Financial Corporation Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives (As Restated Effective January 1, 2018), effective January 1, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4.1 to Form 10-K filed March 3, 2021)

*10.4.2	Amendment to C&F Financial Corporation Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives (As Restated Effective January 1, 2018), effective November 1, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4.2 to Form 10-K filed March 3, 2021)

*10.4.3	Amendment to C&F Financial Corporation Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives (As Restated Effective January 1, 2018), effective January 1, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4.3 to Form 10-K filed March 3, 2021)

*10.4.4	Amended and Restated Adoption Agreement, effective January 1, 2021, for C&F Financial Corporation Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives (As Restated Effective January 1, 2018)

137

Table of Contents

*10.5	C&F Financial Corporation Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Form 10-K filed March 8, 2018)

*10.5.1	Amendment to C&F Financial Corporation Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors (As Restated Effective January 1, 2018), effective January 1, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5.1 to Form 10-K filed March 3, 2021)

*10.5.2	Amendment to C&F Financial Corporation Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors (As Restated Effective January 1, 2018), effective November 1, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5.2 to Form 10-K filed March 3, 2021)

*10.5.3	Adoption Agreement, effective January 1, 2020, for C&F Financial Corporation Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors (As restated Effective January 1, 2018) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5.3 to Form 10-K filed March 3, 2021)

*10.9	C&F Financial Corporation Management Incentive Plan, as amended and restated, effective January 1, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Form 8-K filed December 27, 2021)

*10.10	Employment Agreement dated December 23, 2021 by and among C&F Financial Corporation, Citizens and Farmers Bank and Thomas F. Cherry (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed December 27, 2021)

*10.11	Employment Agreement dated December 23, 2021 by and among C&F Financial Corporation, Citizens and Farmers Bank and Jason E. Long (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed December 27, 2021)

*10.12	Employment Agreement (Amended and Restated) between C&F Mortgage Corporation and Bryan McKernon, dated February 15, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed February 16, 2022)

*10.13	Employment Agreement dated December 23, 2021 by and among C&F Financial Corporation, C&F Finance Company and S. Dustin Crone (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Form 8-K filed December 27, 2021)

*10.14	Second Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement dated February 15, 2022 by and between C&F Financial Corporation, C&F Mortgage Corporation and Bryan E. McKernon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed February 16, 2022)

*10.15	Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement dated December 23, 2021 by and among C&F Financial Corporation, Citizens and Farmers Bank and John Anthony Seaman.

*10.16	Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement dated December 23, 2021 by and among C&F Financial Corporation, C&F Finance Company and S. Dustin Crone (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Form 8-K filed December 27, 2021)

10.17	Termination Agreement dated as of November 1, 2021 by and among C&F Finance Company and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed November 5, 2021)

*10.29	C&F Financial Corporation 2013 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Corporation's Proxy Statement filed March 15, 2013)

*10.29.1	Form of C&F Financial Corporation Restricted Stock Agreement for Chief Executive Officer (for awards granted between 2016 and 2018) (approved December 15, 2015) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29.1 to Form 10-K filed March 4, 2016)

*10.29.2	Form of C&F Financial Corporation Restricted Stock Agreement for Key Employees (approved December 15, 2015) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29.2 to Form 10-K filed March 4, 2016)

*10.29.3	Form of C&F Financial Corporation Restricted Stock Agreement for Non-Employee Directors (approved December 15, 2015) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29.3 to Form 10-K filed March 4, 2016)

*10.29.4	Form of C&F Financial Corporation Restricted Stock Agreement for Key Employees (approved February 15, 2022)

138

Table of Contents


*10.36	Incentive Compensation Opportunity for years beginning in 2019 for Larry G. Dillon (incorporated by reference to Item 5.02 of Form 8-K filed June 14, 2019)

10.37	Form of Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 on Form 8-K filed September 30, 2020)

21	Subsidiaries of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21 to Form 10-K filed March 3, 2021)

23	Consent of Yount, Hyde & Barbour, P.C.

31.1	Certification of CEO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)

31.2	Certification of CFO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)

32	Certification of CEO/CFO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350

101 INS	Inline XBRL Instance Document: The XBRL Instance Document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document

101.SCH	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema

101.CAL	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase

101.DEF	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase

101.LAB	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase

101.PRE	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase

104	Cover Page Interactive Data File: the cover page XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document and are contained within Exhibit 101

*Indicates management contract

ITEM 16.FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None.

139

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


		C&F FINANCIAL CORPORATION
			(Registrant)

Date:	March 1, 2022	By:	/S/ THOMAS F. CHERRY
			Thomas F. Cherry
			President and Chief Executive Officer
			(Principal Executive Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.


/S/ THOMAS F. CHERRY	Date:	March 1, 2022
Thomas F. Cherry, President,
Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

/S/ JASON E. LONG	Date:	March 1, 2022
Jason E. Long,
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

/S/ DR. JULIE R. AGNEW	Date:	March 1, 2022
Dr. Julie R. Agnew, Director

/S/ J.P. CAUSEY JR.	Date:	March 1, 2022
J. P. Causey Jr., Director

/S/ LARRY G. DILLON	Date:	March 1, 2022
Larry G. Dillon, Executive Chairman

/S/ AUDREY D. HOLMES	Date:	March 1, 2022
Audrey D. Holmes, Director

/S/ JAMES H. HUDSON III	Date:	March 1, 2022
James H. Hudson III, Director

/S/ ELIZABETH R. KELLEY	Date:	March 1, 2022
Elizabeth R. Kelley, Director

/S/ JAMES T. NAPIER	Date:	March 1, 2022
James T. Napier, Director

/S/ C. ELIS OLSSON	Date:	March 1, 2022
C. Elis Olsson, Director

/S/ D. ANTHONY PEAY	Date:	March 1, 2022
D. Anthony Peay, Director

/S/ PAUL C. ROBINSON	Date:	March 1, 2022
Paul C. Robinson, Director

/S/ GEORGE R. SISSON III	Date:	March 1, 2022
George R. Sisson III, Director

/S/ DR. JEFFERY O. SMITH	Date:	March 1, 2022
Dr. Jeffery O. Smith, Director

140

Positive
Negative
Uncertain
Constraining
Legalese
Litigious
Readability	H.S. sophomore Bad

C&F Financial (CFFI) 10-K2021 FY Annual report

Content analysis